]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - gas/config/tc-hppa.c
* config/tc-hppa.c (pa_build_unwind_subspace): Replace start symbol
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
7 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
19 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20 02110-1301, USA. */
21
22 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23 at the University of Utah. */
24
25 #include "as.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "subsegs.h"
28 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
29
30 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
31
32 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
33 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
34
35 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
36 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
37 #endif
38
39 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
40 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
41 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
42 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
43 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
44
45 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
46 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
47
48 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
49 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
50
51 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
52 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
53 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
54 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
55
56 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
57 /* How to generate a relocation. */
58 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
59 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
60 #else
61 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
63 #endif
64
65 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66 to store a copyright string. */
67 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
68 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
69
70 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
71 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
72
73 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
74 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
75 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
80 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
81 typedef int reloc_type;
82
83 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
84 #define obj_version obj_som_version
85 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
87 /* How to generate a relocation. */
88 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
90 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
91 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
92 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
94
95 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
96 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
97 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98 #endif
99
100 #ifndef R_N0SEL
101 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102 #endif
103
104 #ifndef R_N1SEL
105 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106 #endif
107 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
108
109 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
110 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
111 #else
112 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
113 #endif
114
115 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
116
117 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
118
119 struct unwind_desc
120 {
121 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
122 unsigned int millicode:1;
123 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
124 unsigned int region_desc:2;
125 unsigned int save_sr:2;
126 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
127 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
128 unsigned int args_stored:1;
129 unsigned int call_fr:5;
130 unsigned int call_gr:5;
131 unsigned int save_sp:1;
132 unsigned int save_rp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
134 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
135 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
136
137 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
138 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int reserved:3;
140 unsigned int frame_size:27;
141 };
142
143 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
144 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
145 object files. */
146 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
147 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
148 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
149 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
150 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
151 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
152 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
153 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
154 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
155 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
156 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
157 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
158 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
160 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
161 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
162
163 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
164 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
165 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
166 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
167
168 struct unwind_table
169 {
170 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
171 descriptor. */
172 unsigned int start_offset;
173 unsigned int end_offset;
174 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
175 };
176
177 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
178 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
179 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
180
181 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
182 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
183
184 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
185 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
186
187 struct call_info
188 {
189 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
190 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
191
192 /* Name of this function. */
193 symbolS *start_symbol;
194
195 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
196 symbolS *end_symbol;
197
198 /* Next entry in the chain. */
199 struct call_info *ci_next;
200 };
201
202 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
203 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
204 SGL and DBL). */
205 typedef enum
206 {
207 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
208 }
209 fp_operand_format;
210
211 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
212 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
213 (ELF has no need for it). */
214 typedef enum
215 {
216 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
225 }
226 pa_symbol_type;
227
228 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
229 individual instructions. */
230 struct pa_it
231 {
232 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
233 unsigned long opcode;
234
235 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
236 expressionS exp;
237
238 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
239 int pcrel;
240
241 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
242 fp_operand_format fpof1;
243 fp_operand_format fpof2;
244
245 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
246 int trunc;
247
248 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
249 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
250 long field_selector;
251
252 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
253 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
254 unsigned int arg_reloc;
255
256 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
257 int format;
258
259 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
260 reloc_type reloc;
261 };
262
263 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
264
265 +--------------+--------------+
266 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
267 +--------------+--------------+
268 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
269 +--------------+--------------+
270 | | |
271
272 . . .
273 . . .
274 . . .
275
276 | | |
277 +--------------+--------------+
278 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
279 +--------------+--------------+
280 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
281 +--------------+--------------+ */
282
283 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
284 struct call_desc
285 {
286 /* The argument relocation specification. */
287 unsigned int arg_reloc;
288
289 /* Number of arguments. */
290 unsigned int arg_count;
291 };
292
293 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
294 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
295 chain. */
296
297 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
298 {
299 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
300 unsigned int ssd_defined;
301
302 /* Name of this subspace. */
303 char *ssd_name;
304
305 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
306 asection *ssd_seg;
307 int ssd_subseg;
308
309 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
310 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
311 };
312
313 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
314
315 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
316 chain. */
317
318 struct space_dictionary_chain
319 {
320 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
321 as a default space. */
322 unsigned int sd_defined;
323
324 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
325 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
326
327 /* The space number (or index). */
328 unsigned int sd_spnum;
329
330 /* The name of this subspace. */
331 char *sd_name;
332
333 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
334 asection *sd_seg;
335
336 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
337 int sd_last_subseg;
338
339 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
340 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
341
342 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
343 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
344 };
345
346 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
347
348 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
349 dictionary entries. */
350
351 struct default_subspace_dict
352 {
353 /* Name of the subspace. */
354 char *name;
355
356 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
357 char defined;
358
359 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
360 char loadable;
361
362 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
363 char code_only;
364
365 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
366 char comdat;
367
368 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
369 char common;
370
371 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
372 to be multiply defined. */
373 char dup_common;
374
375 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
376 char zero;
377
378 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
379 unsigned char sort;
380
381 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
382 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
383 int access;
384
385 /* Index of containing space. */
386 int space_index;
387
388 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
389 int alignment;
390
391 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
392 int quadrant;
393
394 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
395 int def_space_index;
396
397 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
398 subsegT subsegment;
399 };
400
401 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
402 dictionary entries. */
403
404 struct default_space_dict
405 {
406 /* Name of the space. */
407 char *name;
408
409 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
410 assembly code numerically! */
411 int spnum;
412
413 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
414 char loadable;
415
416 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
417 char defined;
418
419 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
420 char private;
421
422 /* Sort key for this space. */
423 unsigned char sort;
424
425 /* Segment associated with this space. */
426 asection *segment;
427 };
428 #endif
429
430 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
431 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
432 label. */
433 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
434 {
435 struct symbol *lss_label;
436 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
437 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
438 #endif
439 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
440 segT lss_segment;
441 #endif
442 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
443 }
444 label_symbol_struct;
445
446 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
447 struct hppa_fix_struct
448 {
449 /* The field selector. */
450 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
451
452 /* Type of fixup. */
453 int fx_r_type;
454
455 /* Format of fixup. */
456 int fx_r_format;
457
458 /* Argument relocation bits. */
459 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
460
461 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
462 segT segment;
463 };
464
465 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
466
467 struct pd_reg
468 {
469 char *name;
470 int value;
471 };
472
473 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
474 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
475 struct fp_cond_map
476 {
477 char *string;
478 int cond;
479 };
480
481 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
482 string to a field selector type. */
483 struct selector_entry
484 {
485 char *prefix;
486 int field_selector;
487 };
488
489 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
490
491 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
492 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
493 #endif
494
495 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
496 static void pa_text (int);
497 static void pa_data (int);
498 static void pa_comm (int);
499 #endif
500 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
501 static int exact_log2 (int);
502 static void pa_compiler (int);
503 static void pa_align (int);
504 static void pa_space (int);
505 static void pa_spnum (int);
506 static void pa_subspace (int);
507 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
508 int, int, int,
509 asection *, int);
510 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
511 char *, int, int,
512 int, int, int, int,
513 int, int, int, int,
514 int, asection *);
515 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
516 char *, int, int, int,
517 int, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
519 asection *);
520 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
521 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
522 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
523 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
524 subsegT);
525 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
526 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
527 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
528 #endif
529
530 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
531
532 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
533 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
534 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
536
537 /* The current space and subspace. */
538 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
539 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
540 #endif
541
542 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
543 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
544
545 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
546 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
547 function labels. */
548 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
549
550 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
551 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
552
553 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
554 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
555
556 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
557 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
558 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
559 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
560
561 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
562 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
563 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
564
565 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
566 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
567 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
568
569 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
570 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
571
572 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
573 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
574 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
575
576 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
577 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
578
579 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
580 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
581
582 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
583 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
584
585 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
586 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
587 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
588 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
589
590 static struct pa_it the_insn;
591
592 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
593 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
594 variable. */
595 static char *expr_end;
596
597 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
598 static int callinfo_found;
599
600 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
601 static int within_entry_exit;
602
603 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
604 static int within_procedure;
605
606 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
607 seen in each subspace. */
608 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
609
610 /* Holds the last field selector. */
611 static int hppa_field_selector;
612
613 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
614
615 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
616 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
617
618 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
619 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
620 by pa_parse_number. */
621 static int strict;
622
623 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
624 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
625 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
626 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
627 register has a `r' suffix. */
628 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
629 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
630 static int pa_number;
631
632 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
633 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
634 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
635 #endif
636
637 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
638 static int print_errors = 1;
639
640 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
641
642 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
643 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
644
645 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
646 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
647
648 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
649 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
650 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
651 again have the value <REGNUM>.
652
653 Many registers also have synonyms:
654
655 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
656 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
657 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
658 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
659 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
660 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
661
662 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
663 here for brevity.
664
665 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
666
667 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
668 {
669 {"%arg0", 26},
670 {"%arg1", 25},
671 {"%arg2", 24},
672 {"%arg3", 23},
673 {"%cr0", 0},
674 {"%cr10", 10},
675 {"%cr11", 11},
676 {"%cr12", 12},
677 {"%cr13", 13},
678 {"%cr14", 14},
679 {"%cr15", 15},
680 {"%cr16", 16},
681 {"%cr17", 17},
682 {"%cr18", 18},
683 {"%cr19", 19},
684 {"%cr20", 20},
685 {"%cr21", 21},
686 {"%cr22", 22},
687 {"%cr23", 23},
688 {"%cr24", 24},
689 {"%cr25", 25},
690 {"%cr26", 26},
691 {"%cr27", 27},
692 {"%cr28", 28},
693 {"%cr29", 29},
694 {"%cr30", 30},
695 {"%cr31", 31},
696 {"%cr8", 8},
697 {"%cr9", 9},
698 {"%dp", 27},
699 {"%eiem", 15},
700 {"%eirr", 23},
701 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
702 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
708 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
709 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
712 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
715 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
718 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
721 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
724 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
727 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
730 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
733 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
736 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
739 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
740 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
741 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
742 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
745 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
748 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
751 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
754 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
757 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
760 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
763 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
766 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
769 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
772 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
773 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
774 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
775 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
778 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
781 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
782 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
783 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
786 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
789 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
792 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
795 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
798 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
801 {"%fret", 4},
802 {"%hta", 25},
803 {"%iir", 19},
804 {"%ior", 21},
805 {"%ipsw", 22},
806 {"%isr", 20},
807 {"%itmr", 16},
808 {"%iva", 14},
809 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
810 {"%mrp", 2},
811 #else
812 {"%mrp", 31},
813 #endif
814 {"%pcoq", 18},
815 {"%pcsq", 17},
816 {"%pidr1", 8},
817 {"%pidr2", 9},
818 {"%pidr3", 12},
819 {"%pidr4", 13},
820 {"%ppda", 24},
821 {"%r0", 0},
822 {"%r1", 1},
823 {"%r10", 10},
824 {"%r11", 11},
825 {"%r12", 12},
826 {"%r13", 13},
827 {"%r14", 14},
828 {"%r15", 15},
829 {"%r16", 16},
830 {"%r17", 17},
831 {"%r18", 18},
832 {"%r19", 19},
833 {"%r2", 2},
834 {"%r20", 20},
835 {"%r21", 21},
836 {"%r22", 22},
837 {"%r23", 23},
838 {"%r24", 24},
839 {"%r25", 25},
840 {"%r26", 26},
841 {"%r27", 27},
842 {"%r28", 28},
843 {"%r29", 29},
844 {"%r3", 3},
845 {"%r30", 30},
846 {"%r31", 31},
847 {"%r4", 4},
848 {"%r5", 5},
849 {"%r6", 6},
850 {"%r7", 7},
851 {"%r8", 8},
852 {"%r9", 9},
853 {"%rctr", 0},
854 {"%ret0", 28},
855 {"%ret1", 29},
856 {"%rp", 2},
857 {"%sar", 11},
858 {"%sp", 30},
859 {"%sr0", 0},
860 {"%sr1", 1},
861 {"%sr2", 2},
862 {"%sr3", 3},
863 {"%sr4", 4},
864 {"%sr5", 5},
865 {"%sr6", 6},
866 {"%sr7", 7},
867 {"%t1", 22},
868 {"%t2", 21},
869 {"%t3", 20},
870 {"%t4", 19},
871 {"%tf1", 11},
872 {"%tf2", 10},
873 {"%tf3", 9},
874 {"%tf4", 8},
875 {"%tr0", 24},
876 {"%tr1", 25},
877 {"%tr2", 26},
878 {"%tr3", 27},
879 {"%tr4", 28},
880 {"%tr5", 29},
881 {"%tr6", 30},
882 {"%tr7", 31}
883 };
884
885 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
886 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
887 for < first, we would get a false match. */
888 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
889 {
890 {"false?", 0},
891 {"false", 1},
892 {"true?", 30},
893 {"true", 31},
894 {"!<=>", 3},
895 {"!?>=", 8},
896 {"!?<=", 16},
897 {"!<>", 7},
898 {"!>=", 11},
899 {"!?>", 12},
900 {"?<=", 14},
901 {"!<=", 19},
902 {"!?<", 20},
903 {"?>=", 22},
904 {"!?=", 24},
905 {"!=t", 27},
906 {"<=>", 29},
907 {"=t", 5},
908 {"?=", 6},
909 {"?<", 10},
910 {"<=", 13},
911 {"!>", 15},
912 {"?>", 18},
913 {">=", 21},
914 {"!<", 23},
915 {"<>", 25},
916 {"!=", 26},
917 {"!?", 28},
918 {"?", 2},
919 {"=", 4},
920 {"<", 9},
921 {">", 17}
922 };
923
924 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
925 {
926 {"f", e_fsel},
927 {"l", e_lsel},
928 {"ld", e_ldsel},
929 {"lp", e_lpsel},
930 {"lr", e_lrsel},
931 {"ls", e_lssel},
932 {"lt", e_ltsel},
933 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
934 {"n", e_nsel},
935 {"nl", e_nlsel},
936 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
937 {"p", e_psel},
938 {"r", e_rsel},
939 {"rd", e_rdsel},
940 {"rp", e_rpsel},
941 {"rr", e_rrsel},
942 {"rs", e_rssel},
943 {"rt", e_rtsel},
944 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
945 {"t", e_tsel},
946 };
947
948 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
949 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
950
951 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953
954 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
955 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
956 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
957 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
958 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
959 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
960 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
961 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
963
964 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
965 {
966 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
967 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
968 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
969 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
970 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
971 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
972 };
973
974 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
975 {
976 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
977 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
978 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
979 };
980
981 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
982
983 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
984 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
985 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
986 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
987 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
988
989 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
990 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
991 #endif
992
993 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
994 a right or left half of a FP register */
995 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
996 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
997
998 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
999
1000 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1001 { \
1002 if (immediate_check) \
1003 { \
1004 if (pos == -1) \
1005 pos = (VALUE); \
1006 else if (len == -1) \
1007 len = (VALUE); \
1008 } \
1009 }
1010
1011 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1012 main loop after insertion. */
1013
1014 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1015 { \
1016 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1017 continue; \
1018 }
1019
1020 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1021 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1022
1023 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1024 { \
1025 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1026 { \
1027 if (! IGNORE) \
1028 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1029 (int) (FIELD));\
1030 break; \
1031 } \
1032 }
1033
1034 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1035 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1036
1037 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1038 { \
1039 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1040 { \
1041 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1042 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1043 (int) (FIELD));\
1044 break; \
1045 } \
1046 }
1047
1048 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1049 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1050
1051 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1052 { \
1053 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1054 { \
1055 if (! IGNORE) \
1056 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1057 (int) (FIELD));\
1058 break; \
1059 } \
1060 }
1061
1062 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1063 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1064 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1065
1066 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1067 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1068 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1069
1070 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1071 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1072 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1073
1074 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1075 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1076 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1077
1078 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1079 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1080 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1081
1082 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1083 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1084 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1085
1086 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1087 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1088 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1089
1090 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1091 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1092 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1093
1094 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1095 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1096 need real complex handling yet. */
1097 #define is_complex(exp) \
1098 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1099
1100 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1101
1102 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1103 proc/procend pairs match. */
1104
1105 void
1106 pa_check_eof (void)
1107 {
1108 if (within_entry_exit)
1109 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1110
1111 if (within_procedure)
1112 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1113 }
1114
1115 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1116 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1117
1118 static label_symbol_struct *
1119 pa_get_label (void)
1120 {
1121 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1122
1123 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1124 label_chain;
1125 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1126 {
1127 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1128 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1129 return label_chain;
1130 #endif
1131 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1132 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1133 return label_chain;
1134 #endif
1135 }
1136
1137 return NULL;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1141 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1142
1143 void
1144 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1145 {
1146 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1147
1148 if (label_chain)
1149 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1150 else
1151 {
1152 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1153 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1154 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1155 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1156 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1157 #endif
1158 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1159 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1160 #endif
1161 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1162
1163 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1164 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1165
1166 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1167 }
1168
1169 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1170 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1171 #endif
1172 }
1173
1174 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1175 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1176
1177 static void
1178 pa_undefine_label (void)
1179 {
1180 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1181 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1182
1183 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1184 label_chain;
1185 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1186 {
1187 if (1
1188 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1189 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1190 #endif
1191 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1192 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1193 #endif
1194 )
1195 {
1196 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1197 if (prev_label_chain)
1198 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1199 else
1200 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1201
1202 free (label_chain);
1203 break;
1204 }
1205 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1206 }
1207 }
1208
1209 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1210 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1211 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1212 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1213 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1214 tc_fix_data field. */
1215
1216 static void
1217 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1218 int where,
1219 int size,
1220 symbolS *add_symbol,
1221 offsetT offset,
1222 expressionS *exp,
1223 int pcrel,
1224 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1225 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1226 int r_format,
1227 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1228 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1229 {
1230 fixS *new_fix;
1231 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1232
1233 if (exp != NULL)
1234 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1235 else
1236 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1237 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1238 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1241 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1242 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1243 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1244 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1245 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1246 #endif
1247
1248 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1249 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1250 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1251 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1252 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1253 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1260 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1261 }
1262
1263 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1264 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1265
1266 void
1267 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1268 {
1269 unsigned int rel_type;
1270
1271 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1272 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1273 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1274 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1275 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1276 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1277 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1278 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1279 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1280 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1281 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1282 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1283 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1284 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1285 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1286 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1287 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1288 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1289 #endif
1290 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1291 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1292 else
1293 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1294
1295 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1296 {
1297 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1298 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1299 }
1300
1301 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1302 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1303 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1304
1305 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1306 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1307 }
1308
1309 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1310
1311 static void
1312 get_expression (char *str)
1313 {
1314 char *save_in;
1315 asection *seg;
1316
1317 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1318 input_line_pointer = str;
1319 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1320 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1321 || seg == undefined_section
1322 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1323 {
1324 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1325 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1326 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1327 return;
1328 }
1329 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1330 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1331 }
1332
1333 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1334 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1335
1336 static int
1337 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1338 {
1339 int nullif;
1340
1341 nullif = 0;
1342 if (**s == ',')
1343 {
1344 *s = *s + 1;
1345 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1346 nullif = 1;
1347 else
1348 {
1349 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1350 nullif = 0;
1351 }
1352 *s = *s + 1;
1353 }
1354
1355 return nullif;
1356 }
1357
1358 char *
1359 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1360 {
1361 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1362 }
1363
1364 /* Write out big-endian. */
1365
1366 void
1367 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1368 {
1369 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1370 }
1371
1372 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1373 format. */
1374
1375 arelent **
1376 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1377 {
1378 arelent *reloc;
1379 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1380 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1381 arelent **relocs;
1382 reloc_type **codes;
1383 reloc_type code;
1384 int n_relocs;
1385 int i;
1386
1387 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1388 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1389 return &no_relocs;
1390
1391 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1392 gas_assert (section != 0);
1393
1394 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1395
1396 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1397 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1398
1399 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1400 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1401 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1402 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1403 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1404 if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_COMPLEX && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1405 {
1406 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1407 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1408 }
1409
1410 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1411 fixp->fx_r_type,
1412 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1413 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1414 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1415 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1416
1417 if (codes == NULL)
1418 {
1419 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1420 abort ();
1421 }
1422
1423 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1424 ;
1425
1426 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1427 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1428 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1429 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1430
1431 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1432
1433 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1434 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1435 {
1436 default:
1437 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1438
1439 code = *codes[0];
1440
1441 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1442 switch (code)
1443 {
1444 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1445 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1447 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1448 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1450 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1451 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1452 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1453 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1454
1455 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1456 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1457 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1458 reloc->addend = 0;
1459 break;
1460
1461 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1462 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1463 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1465 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1466 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1467 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1468 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1469 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1470 fixp->fx_offset);
1471 break;
1472 #endif
1473
1474 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1475 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1476 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1477 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1478 /* Fall thru */
1479
1480 default:
1481 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1482 break;
1483 }
1484
1485 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1486 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1487 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1488 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1489 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1490
1491 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1492 break;
1493 }
1494 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1495
1496 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1497 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1498 {
1499 code = *codes[i];
1500
1501 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1502 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1503 relocs[i]->howto =
1504 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1506 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1507
1508 switch (code)
1509 {
1510 case R_COMP2:
1511 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1512 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1513 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1514 gas_assert (i == 1);
1515 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1516 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1517 relocs[0]->howto
1518 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1519 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1520 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1521 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1522 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1523 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1524 relocs[1]->howto
1525 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1526 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1527 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1528 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1529 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1530 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1531 relocs[2]->howto
1532 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1533 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1534 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1535 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1536 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1537 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1538 relocs[3]->howto
1539 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1540 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1541 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1542 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1543 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1544 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1545 relocs[4]->howto
1546 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1547 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1548 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1549 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1550 goto done;
1551 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1552 case R_ABS_CALL:
1553 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1554 break;
1555
1556 case R_DLT_REL:
1557 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1558 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1559 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1560 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1561 (static link required).
1562
1563 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1564
1565 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1566 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1567 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1568 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1569 break;
1570
1571 case R_N_MODE:
1572 case R_S_MODE:
1573 case R_D_MODE:
1574 case R_R_MODE:
1575 case R_FSEL:
1576 case R_LSEL:
1577 case R_RSEL:
1578 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1579 case R_END_BRTAB:
1580 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1581 case R_N0SEL:
1582 case R_N1SEL:
1583 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1584 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1585 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1586 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1587 break;
1588
1589 case R_END_TRY:
1590 case R_ENTRY:
1591 case R_EXIT:
1592 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1593 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1594 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1595 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1596 break;
1597
1598 default:
1599 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1600 }
1601 }
1602
1603 done:
1604 #endif
1605
1606 return relocs;
1607 }
1608
1609 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1610
1611 void
1612 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1613 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1614 fragS *fragP)
1615 {
1616 unsigned int address;
1617
1618 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1619 {
1620 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1621 {
1622 case 0:
1623 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1624 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1625 know (fragP->fr_next);
1626 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1627 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1628 {
1629 fragP->fr_offset =
1630 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1631 - fragP->fr_address
1632 - fragP->fr_fix;
1633 }
1634 else
1635 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1636 break;
1637 }
1638 }
1639 }
1640
1641 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1642
1643 valueT
1644 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1645 {
1646 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1647 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1648
1649 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1650 }
1651
1652 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1653
1654 int
1655 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1656 {
1657 int size;
1658
1659 size = 0;
1660
1661 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1662 size++;
1663
1664 return size;
1665 }
1666 \f
1667 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1668 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1670 # else
1671 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1672 # endif
1673 #else
1674 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1675 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1676 # else
1677 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1678 # endif
1679 #endif
1680
1681 struct option md_longopts[] =
1682 {
1683 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1684 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1685 #endif
1686 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1687 };
1688 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1689
1690 int
1691 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1692 {
1693 switch (c)
1694 {
1695 default:
1696 return 0;
1697
1698 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1699 case 'V':
1700 print_version_id ();
1701 break;
1702 #endif
1703 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1704 case 'c':
1705 warn_comment = 1;
1706 break;
1707 #endif
1708 }
1709
1710 return 1;
1711 }
1712
1713 void
1714 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1715 {
1716 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1717 fprintf (stream, _("\
1718 -Q ignored\n"));
1719 #endif
1720 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1721 fprintf (stream, _("\
1722 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1723 #endif
1724 }
1725 \f
1726 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1727
1728 symbolS *
1729 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1730 {
1731 return NULL;
1732 }
1733
1734 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1735 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1736 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1737 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1738 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1739 #else
1740 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1741 #endif
1742
1743 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1744
1745 void
1746 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1747 {
1748 char *fixpos;
1749 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1750 offsetT new_val;
1751 int insn, val, fmt;
1752
1753 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1754 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1755 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1756 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1757 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1758 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1759 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1762 return;
1763
1764 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1765 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1766 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1767 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1768 {
1769 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1770 return;
1771 }
1772 #endif
1773 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1774 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1775 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1776 return;
1777 #endif
1778
1779 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1780 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1781
1782 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1783 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1784 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1785 {
1786 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1787 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1788 fixP->fx_r_type);
1789 return;
1790 }
1791
1792 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1793
1794 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1795 {
1796 /* Handle constant output. */
1797 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1798 return;
1799 }
1800
1801 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1802 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1803
1804 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1805 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1806 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1807 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1808 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1809 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1810 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1811 && fmt != 32
1812 #endif
1813 )
1814 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1815 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1816 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1817 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1818 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1819 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1823 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1824 #endif
1825 else
1826 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1827
1828 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1829 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1830 && fixP->fx_addsy
1831 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1832 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1833 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1834 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1835 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1836 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1837 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1838 #endif
1839 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1840 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1841 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1842 #endif
1843 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1844 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1845 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1846 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1848 {
1849 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1850 }
1851
1852 switch (fmt)
1853 {
1854 case 10:
1855 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1856 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857 val = new_val;
1858
1859 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1860 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1861 break;
1862 case -11:
1863 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1864 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1865 val = new_val;
1866
1867 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1868 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1869 break;
1870 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1871 case 14:
1872 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1873 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1874 val = new_val;
1875
1876 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1877 break;
1878
1879 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1880 case 21:
1881 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1882 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1883 val = new_val;
1884
1885 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1886 break;
1887
1888 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1889 case 11:
1890 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1891 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1892 val = new_val;
1893
1894 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1895 break;
1896
1897 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1898 case 12:
1899 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1900 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901 val = new_val - 8;
1902
1903 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1904 break;
1905
1906 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1907 case 17:
1908 {
1909 offsetT distance = * valP;
1910
1911 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1912 range target, then we want to complain. */
1913 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1914 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1915 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1916 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1917
1918 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1919 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1920 val = new_val - 8;
1921
1922 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1923 break;
1924 }
1925
1926 case 22:
1927 {
1928 offsetT distance = * valP;
1929
1930 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1931 range target, then we want to complain. */
1932 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1933 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1934 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1935 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1936
1937 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1938 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1939 val = new_val - 8;
1940
1941 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1942 break;
1943 }
1944
1945 case -10:
1946 val = new_val;
1947 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1948 break;
1949
1950 case -16:
1951 val = new_val;
1952 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1953 break;
1954
1955 case 16:
1956 val = new_val;
1957 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1958 break;
1959
1960 case 32:
1961 insn = new_val;
1962 break;
1963
1964 default:
1965 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1966 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1967 return;
1968 }
1969
1970 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1971 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1972 {
1973 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1974 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1981 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1982 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1983 break;
1984 default:
1985 break;
1986 }
1987 #endif
1988
1989 /* Insert the relocation. */
1990 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1991 }
1992
1993 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1994 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1995
1996 long
1997 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1998 {
1999 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2000 }
2001
2002 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2003 a statement. */
2004
2005 static int
2006 is_end_of_statement (void)
2007 {
2008 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2009 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2010 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2011 }
2012
2013 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2014
2015 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2016 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
2017
2018 static int
2019 reg_name_search (char *name)
2020 {
2021 int middle, low, high;
2022 int cmp;
2023
2024 low = 0;
2025 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2026
2027 do
2028 {
2029 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2030 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2031 if (cmp < 0)
2032 high = middle - 1;
2033 else if (cmp > 0)
2034 low = middle + 1;
2035 else
2036 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2037 }
2038 while (low <= high);
2039
2040 return -1;
2041 }
2042
2043 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2044 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2045 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2046
2047 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2048 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2049 returned in `pa_number'.
2050
2051 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2052 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2053 not set.
2054
2055 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2056 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2057
2058 static int
2059 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2060 {
2061 int num;
2062 char *name;
2063 char c;
2064 symbolS *sym;
2065 int status;
2066 char *p = *s;
2067 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2068
2069 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2070 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2071 p = p + 1;
2072
2073 pa_number = -1;
2074 have_prefix = 0;
2075 num = 0;
2076 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2077 {
2078 /* Looks like a number. */
2079
2080 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2081 {
2082 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2083 p += 2;
2084 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2085 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2086 {
2087 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2088 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2089 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2090 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2091 else
2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2093 ++p;
2094 }
2095 }
2096 else
2097 {
2098 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2099 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2100 {
2101 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2102 ++p;
2103 }
2104 }
2105
2106 pa_number = num;
2107
2108 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2109 if (is_float)
2110 {
2111 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2112 if (! (is_float & 2))
2113 {
2114 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2115 {
2116 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2117 ++p;
2118 }
2119 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2120 {
2121 ++p;
2122 }
2123 }
2124 }
2125 }
2126 else if (*p == '%')
2127 {
2128 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2129 have_prefix = 1;
2130 name = p;
2131 p++;
2132 c = *p;
2133 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2134 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2135 slow. */
2136 if (c == 'r')
2137 {
2138 p++;
2139 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2140 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2141 {
2142 p += 2;
2143 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2144 p++;
2145 }
2146 else if (*p == 'p')
2147 {
2148 num = 2;
2149 p++;
2150 }
2151 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2152 {
2153 if (print_errors)
2154 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2155 num = -1;
2156 }
2157 else
2158 {
2159 do
2160 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2161 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2162 }
2163 }
2164 else
2165 {
2166 /* Do a normal register search. */
2167 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2168 {
2169 p = p + 1;
2170 c = *p;
2171 }
2172 *p = 0;
2173 status = reg_name_search (name);
2174 if (status >= 0)
2175 num = status;
2176 else
2177 {
2178 if (print_errors)
2179 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2180 num = -1;
2181 }
2182 *p = c;
2183 }
2184
2185 pa_number = num;
2186 }
2187 else
2188 {
2189 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2190 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2191 name = p;
2192 c = *p;
2193 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2194 {
2195 p = p + 1;
2196 c = *p;
2197 }
2198 *p = 0;
2199 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2200 {
2201 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2202 {
2203 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2204 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2205 register, so... */
2206 have_prefix = TRUE;
2207 }
2208 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2209 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2210 else if (!strict)
2211 {
2212 if (print_errors)
2213 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2214 num = -1;
2215 }
2216 }
2217 else if (!strict)
2218 {
2219 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2220 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2221 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2222 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2223 if (*name == 0)
2224 num = 0;
2225 else
2226 {
2227 if (print_errors)
2228 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2229 num = -1;
2230 }
2231 }
2232 *p = c;
2233
2234 pa_number = num;
2235 }
2236
2237 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2238 {
2239 *s = p;
2240 return 1;
2241 }
2242 return 0;
2243 }
2244
2245 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2246 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2247
2248 static int
2249 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2250 {
2251 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2252 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2253 {
2254 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2255 then set a new architecture. */
2256 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2257 {
2258 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2259 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2260 }
2261 return TRUE;
2262 }
2263 else
2264 return FALSE;
2265 }
2266
2267 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2268 code associated with the condition. */
2269
2270 static int
2271 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2272 {
2273 int cond, i;
2274
2275 cond = 0;
2276
2277 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2278 {
2279 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2280 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2281 {
2282 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2283 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2284 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2285 report an error. */
2286 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2287 {
2288 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2289 break;
2290 }
2291 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2292 *s = *s + 1;
2293 return cond;
2294 }
2295 }
2296
2297 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2298
2299 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2300 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2301 *s += 1;
2302
2303 return 0;
2304 }
2305
2306 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2307
2308 static int
2309 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2310 {
2311 int value;
2312
2313 value = 0;
2314 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2315 {
2316 value = 5;
2317 *s += 4;
2318 }
2319 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2320 {
2321 value = 9;
2322 *s += 4;
2323 }
2324 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2325 {
2326 value = 13;
2327 *s += 4;
2328 }
2329 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2330 {
2331 value = 17;
2332 *s += 4;
2333 }
2334 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2335 {
2336 value = 1;
2337 *s += 3;
2338 }
2339 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2340 {
2341 value = 6;
2342 *s += 4;
2343 }
2344 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2345 {
2346 value = 2;
2347 *s += 3;
2348 }
2349 else
2350 {
2351 value = 0;
2352 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2353 }
2354
2355 return value;
2356 }
2357
2358 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2359 type. */
2360
2361 static fp_operand_format
2362 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2363 {
2364 int format;
2365
2366 format = SGL;
2367 if (**s == ',')
2368 {
2369 *s += 1;
2370 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2371 {
2372 format = SGL;
2373 *s += 4;
2374 }
2375 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2376 {
2377 format = DBL;
2378 *s += 4;
2379 }
2380 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2381 {
2382 format = QUAD;
2383 *s += 5;
2384 }
2385 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2386 {
2387 format = W;
2388 *s += 2;
2389 }
2390 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2391 {
2392 format = UW;
2393 *s += 3;
2394 }
2395 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2396 {
2397 format = DW;
2398 *s += 3;
2399 }
2400 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2401 {
2402 format = UDW;
2403 *s += 4;
2404 }
2405 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2406 {
2407 format = QW;
2408 *s += 3;
2409 }
2410 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2411 {
2412 format = UQW;
2413 *s += 4;
2414 }
2415 else
2416 {
2417 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2418 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2419 }
2420 }
2421
2422 return format;
2423 }
2424
2425 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2426 type. */
2427
2428 static fp_operand_format
2429 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2430 {
2431 int format;
2432
2433 format = SGL;
2434 if (**s == ',')
2435 {
2436 *s += 1;
2437 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2438 {
2439 format = SGL;
2440 *s += 4;
2441 }
2442 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2443 {
2444 format = DBL;
2445 *s += 4;
2446 }
2447 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2448 {
2449 format = QUAD;
2450 *s += 5;
2451 }
2452 else
2453 {
2454 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2455 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2456 }
2457 }
2458
2459 return format;
2460 }
2461
2462 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2463
2464 static int
2465 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2466 {
2467 int middle, low, high;
2468 int cmp;
2469 char name[4];
2470
2471 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2472 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2473 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2474 *str = *str + 1;
2475
2476 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2477 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2478 name[1] = 0;
2479 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2480 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2481 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2482 name[2] = 0;
2483 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2484 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2485 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2486 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2487 name[3] = 0;
2488 else
2489 return e_fsel;
2490
2491 low = 0;
2492 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2493
2494 do
2495 {
2496 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2497 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2498 if (cmp < 0)
2499 high = middle - 1;
2500 else if (cmp > 0)
2501 low = middle + 1;
2502 else
2503 {
2504 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2505 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2506 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2507 return e_fsel;
2508 #endif
2509 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2510 }
2511 }
2512 while (low <= high);
2513
2514 return e_fsel;
2515 }
2516
2517 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2518 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2519
2520 void
2521 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2522 {
2523 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2524 expression (exp);
2525 }
2526
2527 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2528 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2529 static int
2530 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2531 {
2532 offsetT value;
2533 expressionS exp;
2534 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2535
2536 exp = insn->exp;
2537 value = exp.X_add_number;
2538
2539 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2540 }
2541
2542 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2543
2544 static int
2545 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2546 {
2547 char *save_in;
2548
2549 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2550 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2551 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2552 expression (&insn->exp);
2553 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2554
2555 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2556 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2557 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2558
2559 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2560 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2561 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2562 {
2563 char *s, c;
2564 int retval;
2565
2566 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2567 s = *strp;
2568 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2569 s++;
2570
2571 c = *s;
2572 *s = 0;
2573
2574 retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2575
2576 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2577 *s = c;
2578 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2579 }
2580 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2581 and return to our caller. */
2582 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2583 {
2584 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2585 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2586 return 0;
2587 }
2588 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2589 {
2590 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2591 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2592 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2593 return 0;
2594 }
2595 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2596 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2597 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2598 }
2599
2600 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2601 argument location number. */
2602
2603 static unsigned int
2604 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2605 {
2606
2607 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2608 return 0;
2609 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2610 return 1;
2611 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2612 return 2;
2613 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2614 return 3;
2615 else
2616 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2617
2618 return 0;
2619 }
2620
2621 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2622 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2623
2624 static unsigned int
2625 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2626 {
2627 unsigned int new_reloc;
2628
2629 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2630 switch (reg)
2631 {
2632 case 0:
2633 new_reloc <<= 8;
2634 break;
2635 case 1:
2636 new_reloc <<= 6;
2637 break;
2638 case 2:
2639 new_reloc <<= 4;
2640 break;
2641 case 3:
2642 new_reloc <<= 2;
2643 break;
2644 default:
2645 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2646 }
2647
2648 return new_reloc;
2649 }
2650
2651 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2652 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2653
2654 static int
2655 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2656 {
2657 int cmpltr;
2658 char *name = *s + 1;
2659 char c;
2660 char *save_s = *s;
2661 int nullify = 0;
2662
2663 cmpltr = 0;
2664 if (**s == ',')
2665 {
2666 *s += 1;
2667 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2668 *s += 1;
2669 c = **s;
2670 **s = 0x00;
2671
2672 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2673 {
2674 cmpltr = 1;
2675 }
2676 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2677 {
2678 cmpltr = 2;
2679 }
2680 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2681 {
2682 cmpltr = 3;
2683 }
2684 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2685 {
2686 cmpltr = 4;
2687 }
2688 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2689 {
2690 cmpltr = 5;
2691 }
2692 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2693 {
2694 cmpltr = 6;
2695 }
2696 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2697 {
2698 cmpltr = 7;
2699 }
2700 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2701 completer. */
2702 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2703 {
2704 cmpltr = 0;
2705 nullify = 1;
2706 }
2707 else
2708 {
2709 cmpltr = -1;
2710 }
2711 **s = c;
2712 }
2713
2714 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2715 if (nullify)
2716 *s = save_s;
2717
2718 return cmpltr;
2719 }
2720
2721 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2722 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2723
2724 static int
2725 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2726 {
2727 int cmpltr;
2728 char *name = *s + 1;
2729 char c;
2730 char *save_s = *s;
2731 int nullify = 0;
2732
2733 cmpltr = 0;
2734 if (**s == ',')
2735 {
2736 *s += 1;
2737 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2738 *s += 1;
2739 c = **s;
2740 **s = 0x00;
2741
2742 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2743 {
2744 cmpltr = 0;
2745 }
2746 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2747 {
2748 cmpltr = 1;
2749 }
2750 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2751 {
2752 cmpltr = 2;
2753 }
2754 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2755 {
2756 cmpltr = 3;
2757 }
2758 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2759 {
2760 cmpltr = 4;
2761 }
2762 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2763 {
2764 cmpltr = 5;
2765 }
2766 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2767 {
2768 cmpltr = 6;
2769 }
2770 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2771 {
2772 cmpltr = 7;
2773 }
2774 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2775 completer. */
2776 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2777 {
2778 cmpltr = 0;
2779 nullify = 1;
2780 }
2781 else
2782 {
2783 cmpltr = -1;
2784 }
2785 **s = c;
2786 }
2787
2788 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2789 if (nullify)
2790 *s = save_s;
2791
2792 return cmpltr;
2793 }
2794
2795 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2796 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2797
2798 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2799 returned as 8-15. */
2800
2801 static int
2802 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2803 {
2804 int cmpltr;
2805 char *name = *s + 1;
2806 char c;
2807
2808 cmpltr = -1;
2809 if (**s == ',')
2810 {
2811 *s += 1;
2812 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2813 *s += 1;
2814 c = **s;
2815 **s = 0x00;
2816
2817 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2818 {
2819 cmpltr = 0;
2820 }
2821 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2822 {
2823 cmpltr = 1;
2824 }
2825 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2826 {
2827 cmpltr = 2;
2828 }
2829 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2830 {
2831 cmpltr = 3;
2832 }
2833 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2834 {
2835 cmpltr = 4;
2836 }
2837 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2838 {
2839 cmpltr = 5;
2840 }
2841 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2842 {
2843 cmpltr = 6;
2844 }
2845 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2846 {
2847 cmpltr = 7;
2848 }
2849 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2850 {
2851 cmpltr = 8;
2852 }
2853 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2854 {
2855 cmpltr = 9;
2856 }
2857 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2858 {
2859 cmpltr = 10;
2860 }
2861 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2862 {
2863 cmpltr = 11;
2864 }
2865 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2866 {
2867 cmpltr = 12;
2868 }
2869 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2870 {
2871 cmpltr = 13;
2872 }
2873 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2874 {
2875 cmpltr = 14;
2876 }
2877 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2878 {
2879 cmpltr = 15;
2880 }
2881 else
2882 {
2883 cmpltr = -1;
2884 }
2885 **s = c;
2886 }
2887
2888 return cmpltr;
2889 }
2890
2891 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2892 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2893
2894 static int
2895 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2896 {
2897 int cmpltr;
2898 char *name = *s + 1;
2899 char c;
2900
2901 cmpltr = -1;
2902 if (**s == ',')
2903 {
2904 *s += 1;
2905 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2906 *s += 1;
2907 c = **s;
2908 **s = 0x00;
2909
2910 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2911 {
2912 cmpltr = 0;
2913 }
2914 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2915 {
2916 cmpltr = 1;
2917 }
2918 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2919 {
2920 cmpltr = 2;
2921 }
2922 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2923 {
2924 cmpltr = 3;
2925 }
2926 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2927 {
2928 cmpltr = 4;
2929 }
2930 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2931 {
2932 cmpltr = 5;
2933 }
2934 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2935 {
2936 cmpltr = 6;
2937 }
2938 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2939 {
2940 cmpltr = 7;
2941 }
2942 else
2943 {
2944 cmpltr = -1;
2945 }
2946 **s = c;
2947 }
2948
2949 return cmpltr;
2950 }
2951
2952 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2953 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2954
2955 static int
2956 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2957 {
2958 int cmpltr;
2959 char *name = *s + 1;
2960 char c;
2961 char *save_s = *s;
2962 int nullify = 0;
2963
2964 cmpltr = 0;
2965 if (**s == ',')
2966 {
2967 *s += 1;
2968 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2969 *s += 1;
2970 c = **s;
2971 **s = 0x00;
2972 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2973 {
2974 cmpltr = 1;
2975 }
2976 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2977 {
2978 cmpltr = 2;
2979 }
2980 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2981 {
2982 cmpltr = 3;
2983 }
2984 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2985 {
2986 cmpltr = 4;
2987 }
2988 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2989 {
2990 cmpltr = 5;
2991 }
2992 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2993 {
2994 cmpltr = 6;
2995 }
2996 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2997 {
2998 cmpltr = 7;
2999 }
3000 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3001 completer. */
3002 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3003 {
3004 cmpltr = 0;
3005 nullify = 1;
3006 }
3007 else
3008 {
3009 cmpltr = -1;
3010 }
3011 **s = c;
3012 }
3013
3014 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3015 if (nullify)
3016 *s = save_s;
3017
3018 return cmpltr;
3019 }
3020
3021 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3022 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3023
3024 static int
3025 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3026 {
3027 int cmpltr;
3028 char *name = *s + 1;
3029 char c;
3030 char *save_s = *s;
3031 int nullify = 0;
3032
3033 cmpltr = 0;
3034 if (**s == ',')
3035 {
3036 *s += 1;
3037 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3038 *s += 1;
3039 c = **s;
3040 **s = 0x00;
3041 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3042 {
3043 cmpltr = 0;
3044 }
3045 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3046 {
3047 cmpltr = 1;
3048 }
3049 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3050 {
3051 cmpltr = 2;
3052 }
3053 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3054 {
3055 cmpltr = 3;
3056 }
3057 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3058 {
3059 cmpltr = 4;
3060 }
3061 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3062 {
3063 cmpltr = 5;
3064 }
3065 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3066 {
3067 cmpltr = 6;
3068 }
3069 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3070 {
3071 cmpltr = 7;
3072 }
3073 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3074 completer. */
3075 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3076 {
3077 cmpltr = 0;
3078 nullify = 1;
3079 }
3080 else
3081 {
3082 cmpltr = -1;
3083 }
3084 **s = c;
3085 }
3086
3087 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3088 if (nullify)
3089 *s = save_s;
3090
3091 return cmpltr;
3092 }
3093
3094 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3095 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3096
3097 static int
3098 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3099 {
3100 int cmpltr;
3101 char *name = *s + 1;
3102 char c;
3103 char *save_s = *s;
3104 int nullify = 0;
3105
3106 cmpltr = 0;
3107 if (**s == ',')
3108 {
3109 *s += 1;
3110 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3111 *s += 1;
3112 c = **s;
3113 **s = 0x00;
3114 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3115 {
3116 cmpltr = 1;
3117 }
3118 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3119 {
3120 cmpltr = 2;
3121 }
3122 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3123 {
3124 cmpltr = 3;
3125 }
3126 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3127 {
3128 cmpltr = 4;
3129 }
3130 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3131 {
3132 cmpltr = 5;
3133 }
3134 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3135 {
3136 cmpltr = 6;
3137 }
3138 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3139 {
3140 cmpltr = 7;
3141 }
3142 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3143 {
3144 cmpltr = 8;
3145 }
3146 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3147 {
3148 cmpltr = 9;
3149 }
3150 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3151 {
3152 cmpltr = 10;
3153 }
3154 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3155 {
3156 cmpltr = 11;
3157 }
3158 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3159 {
3160 cmpltr = 12;
3161 }
3162 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3163 {
3164 cmpltr = 13;
3165 }
3166 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3167 {
3168 cmpltr = 14;
3169 }
3170 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3171 {
3172 cmpltr = 15;
3173 }
3174 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3175 completer. */
3176 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3177 {
3178 cmpltr = 0;
3179 nullify = 1;
3180 }
3181 else
3182 {
3183 cmpltr = -1;
3184 }
3185 **s = c;
3186 }
3187
3188 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3189 if (nullify)
3190 *s = save_s;
3191
3192 return cmpltr;
3193 }
3194
3195 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3196 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3197
3198 static void
3199 pa_ip (char *str)
3200 {
3201 char *error_message = "";
3202 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3203 const char *args;
3204 int match = FALSE;
3205 int comma = 0;
3206 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
3207 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3208 unsigned long opcode;
3209 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3210
3211 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3212 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3213 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3214 #endif
3215
3216 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3217 case. */
3218 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3219 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3220
3221 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3222 for (s = str;
3223 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3224 ++s)
3225 ;
3226
3227 switch (*s)
3228 {
3229
3230 case '\0':
3231 break;
3232
3233 case ',':
3234 comma = 1;
3235
3236 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3237
3238 case ' ':
3239 *s++ = '\0';
3240 break;
3241
3242 default:
3243 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3244 return;
3245 }
3246
3247 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3248 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3249 {
3250 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3251 return;
3252 }
3253
3254 if (comma)
3255 *--s = ',';
3256
3257 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3258 start processing them. */
3259 argstart = s;
3260 for (;;)
3261 {
3262 /* Do some initialization. */
3263 opcode = insn->match;
3264 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3265 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3266
3267 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3268
3269 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3270 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3271 goto failed;
3272
3273 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3274 sure that the operands match. */
3275 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3276 {
3277 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3278 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3279 s++;
3280
3281 switch (*args)
3282 {
3283 /* End of arguments. */
3284 case '\0':
3285 if (*s == '\0')
3286 match = TRUE;
3287 break;
3288
3289 case '+':
3290 if (*s == '+')
3291 {
3292 ++s;
3293 continue;
3294 }
3295 if (*s == '-')
3296 continue;
3297 break;
3298
3299 /* These must match exactly. */
3300 case '(':
3301 case ')':
3302 case ',':
3303 case ' ':
3304 if (*s++ == *args)
3305 continue;
3306 break;
3307
3308 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3309 case 'b':
3310 case '^':
3311 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3312 break;
3313 num = pa_number;
3314 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3315 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3316
3317 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3318 is there. */
3319 case '!':
3320 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3321 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3322 s = s + 1;
3323
3324 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3325 {
3326 s += 4;
3327 continue;
3328 }
3329 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3330 {
3331 s += 5;
3332 continue;
3333 }
3334 break;
3335
3336 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3337 case 'x':
3338 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3339 break;
3340 num = pa_number;
3341 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3342 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3343
3344 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3345 case 't':
3346 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3347 break;
3348 num = pa_number;
3349 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3350 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3351
3352 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3353 case 'a':
3354 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3355 break;
3356 num = pa_number;
3357 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3358 opcode |= num << 16;
3359 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3360
3361 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3362 case 'T':
3363 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3364 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3365 break;
3366 s = expr_end;
3367 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3368 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3369 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3370
3371 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3372 case '5':
3373 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3374 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3375 break;
3376 s = expr_end;
3377 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3378 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3379 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3380 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3381 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3382
3383 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3384 case 'V':
3385 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3386 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3387 break;
3388 s = expr_end;
3389 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3390 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3391 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3392 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3393 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3394
3395 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3396 case 'r':
3397 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3398 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3399 break;
3400 s = expr_end;
3401 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3402 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3403
3404 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3405 case 'R':
3406 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3407 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3408 break;
3409 s = expr_end;
3410 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3411 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3412
3413 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3414 case 'U':
3415 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3416 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3417 break;
3418 s = expr_end;
3419 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3420 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3421
3422 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3423 case 's':
3424 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3425 break;
3426 num = pa_number;
3427 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3428 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3429
3430 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3431 case 'S':
3432 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3433 break;
3434 num = pa_number;
3435 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3436 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3437 continue;
3438
3439 /* Handle all completers. */
3440 case 'c':
3441 switch (*++args)
3442 {
3443
3444 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3445 case 'X':
3446 case 'x':
3447 {
3448 int uu = 0;
3449 int m = 0;
3450 int i = 0;
3451 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3452 {
3453 s++;
3454 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3455 {
3456 uu = 1;
3457 m = 1;
3458 s++;
3459 i++;
3460 }
3461 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3462 m = 1;
3463 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3464 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3465 uu = 1;
3466 else if (strict)
3467 {
3468 /* This is a match failure. */
3469 s--;
3470 break;
3471 }
3472 else
3473 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3474 s++;
3475 i++;
3476 }
3477 if (i > 2)
3478 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3479 opcode |= m << 5;
3480 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3481 }
3482
3483 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3484 case 'M':
3485 case 'm':
3486 case 'q':
3487 case 'J':
3488 case 'e':
3489 {
3490 int a = 0;
3491 int m = 0;
3492 if (*s == ',')
3493 {
3494 s++;
3495 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3496 {
3497 a = 0;
3498 m = 1;
3499 s += 2;
3500 }
3501 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3502 {
3503 a = 1;
3504 m = 1;
3505 s += 2;
3506 }
3507 else if (strict)
3508 /* This is a match failure. */
3509 s--;
3510 else
3511 {
3512 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3513 s += 2;
3514 }
3515 }
3516 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3517 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3518 else if (*args == 'e')
3519 break;
3520
3521 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3522 encode the before/after field. */
3523 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3524 {
3525 opcode |= m << 5;
3526 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3527 }
3528 else if (*args == 'q')
3529 {
3530 opcode |= m << 3;
3531 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3532 }
3533 else if (*args == 'J')
3534 {
3535 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3536 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3537 }
3538 else if (*args == 'e')
3539 {
3540 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3541 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3542 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3543 opcode |= a;
3544 continue;
3545 }
3546 }
3547
3548 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3549 case 'A':
3550 case 's':
3551 {
3552 int a = 0;
3553 int m = 0;
3554 int i = 0;
3555 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3556 {
3557 s++;
3558 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3559 m = 1;
3560 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3561 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3562 a = 0;
3563 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3564 a = 1;
3565 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3566 else if (strict)
3567 {
3568 s--;
3569 break;
3570 }
3571 else
3572 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3573 s++;
3574 i++;
3575 }
3576 if (i > 2)
3577 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3578 opcode |= m << 5;
3579 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3580 }
3581
3582 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3583 case 'c':
3584 cmpltr = 0;
3585 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3586 {
3587 s += 3;
3588 cmpltr = 2;
3589 }
3590 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3591
3592 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3593 case 'C':
3594 cmpltr = 0;
3595 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3596 {
3597 s += 3;
3598 cmpltr = 2;
3599 }
3600 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3601 {
3602 s += 3;
3603 cmpltr = 1;
3604 }
3605 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3606
3607 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3608 case 'd':
3609 cmpltr = 0;
3610 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3611 {
3612 s += 3;
3613 cmpltr = 1;
3614 }
3615 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3616
3617 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3618 case 'o':
3619 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3620 break;
3621 s += 2;
3622 continue;
3623
3624 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3625 case 'g':
3626 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3627 break;
3628 s += 5;
3629 continue;
3630
3631 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3632 case 'p':
3633 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3634 break;
3635 s += 7;
3636 continue;
3637
3638 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3639 case 'l':
3640 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3641 break;
3642 s += 2;
3643 continue;
3644
3645 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3646 case 'P':
3647 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3648 break;
3649 s += 4;
3650 continue;
3651
3652 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3653 case 'L':
3654 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3655 break;
3656 s += 2;
3657 continue;
3658
3659 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3660 case 'w':
3661 flag = 0;
3662 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3663 {
3664 flag = 1;
3665 s += 2;
3666 }
3667 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3668 {
3669 flag = 0;
3670 s += 2;
3671 }
3672
3673 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3674
3675 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3676 case 'W':
3677 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3678 break;
3679 s += 2;
3680 continue;
3681
3682 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3683 case 'r':
3684 flag = 0;
3685 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3686 {
3687 flag = 5;
3688 s += 2;
3689 }
3690
3691 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3692
3693 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3694 case 'Z':
3695 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3696 {
3697 flag = 1;
3698 s += 2;
3699 }
3700 else
3701 flag = 0;
3702
3703 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3704
3705 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3706 case 'i':
3707 flag = 0;
3708 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3709 {
3710 flag = 1;
3711 s += 2;
3712 }
3713
3714 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3715
3716 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3717 case 'z':
3718 flag = 1;
3719 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3720 {
3721 flag = 0;
3722 s += 2;
3723 }
3724
3725 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3726
3727 /* Handle add completer. */
3728 case 'a':
3729 flag = 1;
3730 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3731 {
3732 flag = 2;
3733 s += 2;
3734 }
3735 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3736 {
3737 flag = 3;
3738 s += 4;
3739 }
3740
3741 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3742
3743 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3744 case 'Y':
3745 flag = 0;
3746 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3747 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3748 {
3749 flag = 1;
3750 s += 7;
3751 }
3752 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3753 {
3754 flag = 0;
3755 s += 3;
3756 }
3757 else
3758 break;
3759
3760 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3761
3762 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3763 case 'y':
3764 flag = 0;
3765 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3766 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3767 {
3768 flag = 1;
3769 s += 6;
3770 }
3771 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3772 {
3773 flag = 0;
3774 s += 2;
3775 }
3776 else
3777 break;
3778
3779 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3780
3781 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3782 case 'v':
3783 flag = 0;
3784 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3785 {
3786 flag = 1;
3787 s += 4;
3788 }
3789
3790 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3791
3792 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3793 case 't':
3794 flag = 0;
3795 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3796 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3797 {
3798 flag = 1;
3799 s += 7;
3800 }
3801 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3802 {
3803 flag = 0;
3804 s += 3;
3805 }
3806 else
3807 break;
3808
3809 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3810
3811 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3812 case 'B':
3813 flag = 0;
3814 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3815 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3816 {
3817 flag = 1;
3818 s += 7;
3819 }
3820 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3821 {
3822 flag = 0;
3823 s += 3;
3824 }
3825 else
3826 break;
3827
3828 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3829
3830 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3831 case 'b':
3832 flag = 0;
3833 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3834 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3835 {
3836 flag = 1;
3837 s += 6;
3838 }
3839 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3840 {
3841 flag = 0;
3842 s += 2;
3843 }
3844 else
3845 break;
3846
3847 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3848
3849 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3850 case 'T':
3851 flag = 0;
3852 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3853 {
3854 flag = 1;
3855 s += 3;
3856 }
3857
3858 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3859
3860 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3861 case 'S':
3862 {
3863 int sign = 1;
3864 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3865 {
3866 sign = 1;
3867 s += 2;
3868 }
3869 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3870 {
3871 sign = 0;
3872 s += 2;
3873 }
3874
3875 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3876 }
3877
3878 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3879 case 'h':
3880 if (*s++ == ',')
3881 {
3882 int lr = 0;
3883 if (*s == 'r')
3884 lr = 2;
3885 else if (*s == 'l')
3886 lr = 0;
3887 else
3888 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3889
3890 s++;
3891 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3892 }
3893 else
3894 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3895 break;
3896
3897 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3898 case 'H':
3899 {
3900 int sat = 3;
3901 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3902 {
3903 sat = 1;
3904 s += 3;
3905 }
3906 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3907 {
3908 sat = 0;
3909 s += 3;
3910 }
3911
3912 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3913 }
3914
3915 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3916 case '*':
3917 if (*s++ == ',')
3918 {
3919 int permloc[4];
3920 int perm = 0;
3921 int i = 0;
3922 permloc[0] = 13;
3923 permloc[1] = 10;
3924 permloc[2] = 8;
3925 permloc[3] = 6;
3926 for (; i < 4; i++)
3927 {
3928 switch (*s++)
3929 {
3930 case '0':
3931 perm = 0;
3932 break;
3933 case '1':
3934 perm = 1;
3935 break;
3936 case '2':
3937 perm = 2;
3938 break;
3939 case '3':
3940 perm = 3;
3941 break;
3942 default:
3943 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3944 }
3945 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3946 }
3947 continue;
3948 }
3949 else
3950 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3951 break;
3952
3953 default:
3954 abort ();
3955 }
3956 break;
3957
3958 /* Handle all conditions. */
3959 case '?':
3960 {
3961 args++;
3962 switch (*args)
3963 {
3964 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3965 case 'f':
3966 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3967 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3968
3969 /* Handle an add condition. */
3970 case 'A':
3971 case 'a':
3972 cmpltr = 0;
3973 flag = 0;
3974 if (*s == ',')
3975 {
3976 s++;
3977
3978 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3979 if (*args == 'A')
3980 {
3981 if (*s == '*')
3982 s++;
3983 else
3984 break;
3985 }
3986 else if (*s == '*')
3987 break;
3988
3989 name = s;
3990 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3991 s += 1;
3992 c = *s;
3993 *s = 0x00;
3994 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3995 cmpltr = 1;
3996 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3997 cmpltr = 2;
3998 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3999 cmpltr = 3;
4000 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4001 cmpltr = 4;
4002 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4003 cmpltr = 5;
4004 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4005 cmpltr = 6;
4006 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4007 cmpltr = 7;
4008 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4009 {
4010 cmpltr = 0;
4011 flag = 1;
4012 }
4013 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4014 {
4015 cmpltr = 1;
4016 flag = 1;
4017 }
4018 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4019 {
4020 cmpltr = 2;
4021 flag = 1;
4022 }
4023 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4024 {
4025 cmpltr = 3;
4026 flag = 1;
4027 }
4028 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4029 {
4030 cmpltr = 4;
4031 flag = 1;
4032 }
4033 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4034 {
4035 cmpltr = 5;
4036 flag = 1;
4037 }
4038 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4039 {
4040 cmpltr = 6;
4041 flag = 1;
4042 }
4043 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4044 {
4045 cmpltr = 7;
4046 flag = 1;
4047 }
4048 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4049 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4050 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4051 *s = c;
4052 }
4053 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4054 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4055
4056 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4057 case 'd':
4058 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4059 if (cmpltr < 0)
4060 {
4061 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4062 cmpltr = 0;
4063 }
4064 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4065
4066 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4067 case 'W':
4068 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4069 if (cmpltr < 0)
4070 {
4071 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4072 cmpltr = 0;
4073 }
4074 else
4075 {
4076 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4077 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4078 }
4079 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4080
4081 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4082 condition. */
4083 case '@':
4084 save_s = s;
4085 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4086 if (cmpltr < 0)
4087 {
4088 s = save_s;
4089 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4090 if (cmpltr < 0)
4091 {
4092 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4093 cmpltr = 0;
4094 }
4095 else
4096 {
4097 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4098 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4099 }
4100 }
4101 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4102
4103 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4104 case 'B':
4105 case 'b':
4106 cmpltr = 0;
4107 if (*s == ',')
4108 {
4109 s++;
4110
4111 if (*args == 'B')
4112 {
4113 if (*s == '*')
4114 s++;
4115 else
4116 break;
4117 }
4118 else if (*s == '*')
4119 break;
4120
4121 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4122 {
4123 cmpltr = 0;
4124 s++;
4125 }
4126 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4127 {
4128 cmpltr = 1;
4129 s += 2;
4130 }
4131 else
4132 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4133 }
4134 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4135
4136 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4137 case 'S':
4138 case 's':
4139 cmpltr = 0;
4140 flag = 0;
4141 if (*s == ',')
4142 {
4143 s++;
4144
4145 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4146 if (*args == 'S')
4147 {
4148 if (*s == '*')
4149 s++;
4150 else
4151 break;
4152 }
4153 else if (*s == '*')
4154 break;
4155
4156 name = s;
4157 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4158 s += 1;
4159 c = *s;
4160 *s = 0x00;
4161 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4162 cmpltr = 1;
4163 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4164 cmpltr = 2;
4165 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4166 cmpltr = 3;
4167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4168 cmpltr = 4;
4169 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4170 cmpltr = 5;
4171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4172 cmpltr = 6;
4173 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4174 cmpltr = 7;
4175 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4176 {
4177 cmpltr = 0;
4178 flag = 1;
4179 }
4180 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4181 {
4182 cmpltr = 1;
4183 flag = 1;
4184 }
4185 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4186 {
4187 cmpltr = 2;
4188 flag = 1;
4189 }
4190 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4191 {
4192 cmpltr = 3;
4193 flag = 1;
4194 }
4195 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4196 {
4197 cmpltr = 4;
4198 flag = 1;
4199 }
4200 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4201 {
4202 cmpltr = 5;
4203 flag = 1;
4204 }
4205 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4206 {
4207 cmpltr = 6;
4208 flag = 1;
4209 }
4210 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4211 {
4212 cmpltr = 7;
4213 flag = 1;
4214 }
4215 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4216 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4217 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4218 name);
4219 *s = c;
4220 }
4221 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4222 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4223
4224 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4225 case 't':
4226 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4227 if (cmpltr < 0)
4228 {
4229 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4230 cmpltr = 0;
4231 }
4232 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4233
4234 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4235 case 'n':
4236 save_s = s;
4237 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4238 if (cmpltr < 0)
4239 {
4240 s = save_s;
4241 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4242 if (cmpltr < 0)
4243 {
4244 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4245 cmpltr = 0;
4246 }
4247 else
4248 {
4249 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4250 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4251 }
4252 }
4253
4254 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4255
4256 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4257 case 'N':
4258 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4259 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4260 {
4261 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4262 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4263 }
4264 else
4265 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4266 break;
4267
4268 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4269
4270 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4271 case 'Q':
4272 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4273 if (cmpltr < 0)
4274 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4275 break;
4276
4277 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4278
4279 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4280 case 'L':
4281 case 'l':
4282 cmpltr = 0;
4283 flag = 0;
4284 if (*s == ',')
4285 {
4286 s++;
4287
4288 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4289 if (*args == 'L')
4290 {
4291 if (*s == '*')
4292 s++;
4293 else
4294 break;
4295 }
4296 else if (*s == '*')
4297 break;
4298
4299 name = s;
4300 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4301 s += 1;
4302 c = *s;
4303 *s = 0x00;
4304
4305 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4306 cmpltr = 1;
4307 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4308 cmpltr = 2;
4309 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4310 cmpltr = 3;
4311 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4312 cmpltr = 7;
4313 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4314 {
4315 cmpltr = 0;
4316 flag = 1;
4317 }
4318 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4319 {
4320 cmpltr = 1;
4321 flag = 1;
4322 }
4323 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4324 {
4325 cmpltr = 2;
4326 flag = 1;
4327 }
4328 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4329 {
4330 cmpltr = 3;
4331 flag = 1;
4332 }
4333 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4334 {
4335 cmpltr = 7;
4336 flag = 1;
4337 }
4338 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4339 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4340 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4341 *s = c;
4342 }
4343 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4344 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4345
4346 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4347 case 'X':
4348 case 'x':
4349 case 'y':
4350 cmpltr = 0;
4351 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4352 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4353 immediate_check = 1;
4354 if (*s == ',')
4355 {
4356 save_s = s++;
4357
4358 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4359 if (*args == 'X')
4360 {
4361 if (*s == '*')
4362 s++;
4363 else
4364 break;
4365 }
4366 else if (*s == '*')
4367 break;
4368
4369 name = s;
4370 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4371 s += 1;
4372 c = *s;
4373 *s = 0x00;
4374 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4375 cmpltr = 1;
4376 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4377 cmpltr = 2;
4378 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4379 cmpltr = 3;
4380 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4381 cmpltr = 4;
4382 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4383 cmpltr = 5;
4384 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4385 cmpltr = 6;
4386 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4387 cmpltr = 7;
4388 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4389 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4390 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4391 {
4392 *s = c;
4393 s = save_s;
4394 continue;
4395 }
4396 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4397 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4398 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4399 *s = c;
4400 }
4401 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4402
4403 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4404 case 'U':
4405 case 'u':
4406 cmpltr = 0;
4407 flag = 0;
4408 if (*s == ',')
4409 {
4410 s++;
4411
4412 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4413 if (*args == 'U')
4414 {
4415 if (*s == '*')
4416 s++;
4417 else
4418 break;
4419 }
4420 else if (*s == '*')
4421 break;
4422
4423 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4424 {
4425 cmpltr = 2;
4426 s += 3;
4427 }
4428 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4429 {
4430 cmpltr = 3;
4431 s += 3;
4432 }
4433 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4434 {
4435 cmpltr = 4;
4436 s += 3;
4437 }
4438 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4439 {
4440 cmpltr = 6;
4441 s += 3;
4442 }
4443 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4444 {
4445 cmpltr = 7;
4446 s += 3;
4447 }
4448 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4449 {
4450 cmpltr = 0;
4451 flag = 1;
4452 s += 2;
4453 }
4454 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4455 {
4456 cmpltr = 2;
4457 flag = 1;
4458 s += 3;
4459 }
4460 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4461 {
4462 cmpltr = 3;
4463 flag = 1;
4464 s += 3;
4465 }
4466 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4467 {
4468 cmpltr = 4;
4469 flag = 1;
4470 s += 3;
4471 }
4472 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4473 {
4474 cmpltr = 6;
4475 flag = 1;
4476 s += 3;
4477 }
4478 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4479 {
4480 cmpltr = 7;
4481 flag = 1;
4482 s += 3;
4483 }
4484 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4485 {
4486 cmpltr = 1;
4487 flag = 0;
4488 s += 3;
4489 }
4490 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4491 {
4492 cmpltr = 5;
4493 flag = 0;
4494 s += 3;
4495 }
4496 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4497 {
4498 cmpltr = 1;
4499 flag = 1;
4500 s += 3;
4501 }
4502 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4503 {
4504 cmpltr = 5;
4505 flag = 1;
4506 s += 3;
4507 }
4508 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4509 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4510 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4511 }
4512 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4513 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4514
4515 default:
4516 abort ();
4517 }
4518 break;
4519 }
4520
4521 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4522 case 'n':
4523 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4524 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4525
4526 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4527 case 'N':
4528 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4529 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4530
4531 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4532 case 'L':
4533 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4534 s += 4;
4535 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4536 s += 4;
4537 else
4538 break;
4539 continue;
4540
4541 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4542 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4543 case 'h':
4544 get_expression (s);
4545 s = expr_end;
4546 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4547 {
4548 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4549 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4550 num++;
4551 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4552 }
4553 else
4554 break;
4555
4556 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4557 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4558 case 'm':
4559 get_expression (s);
4560 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4561 {
4562 s = expr_end;
4563 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4564 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4565 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4566 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4567 }
4568 else
4569 break;
4570
4571 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4572 case '=':
4573 {
4574 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4575 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4576 }
4577
4578 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4579 case 'i':
4580 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4581 get_expression (s);
4582 s = expr_end;
4583 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4584 {
4585 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4586 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4587 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4588 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4589 }
4590 else
4591 {
4592 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4593 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4594 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4595 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4596 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4597 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4598 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4599 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4600 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4601 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4602 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4603 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4604 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4605 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4606 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4607 #endif
4608 else
4609 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4610 the_insn.format = 11;
4611 continue;
4612 }
4613
4614 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4615 case 'J':
4616 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4617 get_expression (s);
4618 s = expr_end;
4619 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4620 {
4621 int mb;
4622
4623 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4624 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4625 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4626 good to rethink this. */
4627 mb = opcode & 1;
4628 opcode -= mb;
4629 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4630 if (mb != (num < 0))
4631 break;
4632 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4633 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4634 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4635 }
4636 break;
4637
4638 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4639 case 'K':
4640 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4641 get_expression (s);
4642 s = expr_end;
4643 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4644 {
4645 int mb;
4646
4647 mb = opcode & 1;
4648 opcode -= mb;
4649 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4650 if (mb == (num < 0))
4651 break;
4652 if (num % 4)
4653 break;
4654 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4655 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4656 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4657 }
4658 break;
4659
4660 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4661 case '<':
4662 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4663 get_expression (s);
4664 s = expr_end;
4665 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4666 {
4667 int mb;
4668
4669 mb = opcode & 1;
4670 opcode -= mb;
4671 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4672 if (mb != (num < 0))
4673 break;
4674 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4675 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4676 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4677 }
4678 break;
4679
4680 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4681 case '>':
4682 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4683 get_expression (s);
4684 s = expr_end;
4685 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4686 {
4687 int mb;
4688
4689 mb = opcode & 1;
4690 opcode -= mb;
4691 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4692 if (mb == (num < 0))
4693 break;
4694 if (num % 4)
4695 break;
4696 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4697 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4698 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4699 }
4700 break;
4701
4702 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4703 case '#':
4704 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4705 break;
4706 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4707 get_expression (s);
4708 s = expr_end;
4709 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4710 {
4711 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4712 if (num & 0x7)
4713 break;
4714 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4715 if (num < 0)
4716 opcode |= 1;
4717 num &= 0x1fff;
4718 num >>= 3;
4719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4720 }
4721 else
4722 {
4723 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4724 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4725 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4726 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4727 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4728 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4729 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4730 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4731 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4732 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4733 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4734 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4735 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4736 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4737 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4738 #endif
4739 else
4740 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4741 the_insn.format = 14;
4742 continue;
4743 }
4744 break;
4745
4746 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4747 case 'd':
4748 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4749 get_expression (s);
4750 s = expr_end;
4751 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4752 {
4753 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4754 if (num & 0x3)
4755 break;
4756 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4757 if (num < 0)
4758 opcode |= 1;
4759 num &= 0x1fff;
4760 num >>= 2;
4761 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4762 }
4763 else
4764 {
4765 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4766 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4767 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4768 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4769 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4770 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4771 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4772 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4773 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4774 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4775 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4776 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4777 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4778 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4779 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4780 #endif
4781 else
4782 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4783 the_insn.format = 14;
4784 continue;
4785 }
4786
4787 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4788 case 'j':
4789 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4790 get_expression (s);
4791 s = expr_end;
4792 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4793 {
4794 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4795 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4796 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4797 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4798 }
4799 else
4800 {
4801 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4802 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4803 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4804 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4805 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4806 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4807 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4808 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4809 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4810 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4811 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4812 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4813 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4814 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4815 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4816 #endif
4817 else
4818 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4819 the_insn.format = 14;
4820 continue;
4821 }
4822
4823 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4824 case 'k':
4825 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4826 get_expression (s);
4827 s = expr_end;
4828 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4829 {
4830 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4831 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4832 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4833 continue;
4834 }
4835 else
4836 {
4837 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4838 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4839 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4840 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4841 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4842 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4843 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4844 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4845 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4846 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4847 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4848 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4849 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4850 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4851 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4852 #endif
4853 else
4854 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4855 the_insn.format = 21;
4856 continue;
4857 }
4858
4859 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4860 case 'l':
4861 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4862 get_expression (s);
4863 s = expr_end;
4864 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4865 {
4866 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4867 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4868 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4869 continue;
4870 }
4871 else
4872 {
4873 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4874 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4875 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4876 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4877 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4878 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4879 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4880 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4881 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4882 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4883 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4884 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4885 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4886 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4887 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4888 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4889 #endif
4890 else
4891 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4892 the_insn.format = 14;
4893 continue;
4894 }
4895
4896 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4897 case 'y':
4898 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4899 get_expression (s);
4900 s = expr_end;
4901 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4902 {
4903 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4904 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4905 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4906 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4907 continue;
4908 }
4909 else
4910 {
4911 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4912 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4913 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4914 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4915 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4916 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4917 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4918 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4919 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4920 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4921 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4922 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4923 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4924 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4925 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4926 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4927 #endif
4928 else
4929 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4930 the_insn.format = 14;
4931 continue;
4932 }
4933
4934 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4935 case '&':
4936 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4937 get_expression (s);
4938 s = expr_end;
4939 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4940 {
4941 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4942 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4943 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4944 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4945 continue;
4946 }
4947 else
4948 {
4949 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4950 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4951 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4952 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4953 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4954 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4955 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4956 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4957 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4958 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4959 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4960 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4961 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4962 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4963 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4964 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4965 #endif
4966 else
4967 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4968 the_insn.format = 14;
4969 continue;
4970 }
4971
4972 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4973 case 'w':
4974 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4975 get_expression (s);
4976 s = expr_end;
4977 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4978 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4979 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4980 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4981 {
4982 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4983 if (num % 4)
4984 {
4985 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4986 break;
4987 }
4988 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4989 num -= 8;
4990 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4991 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4992 continue;
4993 }
4994 else
4995 {
4996 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4997 the_insn.format = 12;
4998 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
4999 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5000 s = expr_end;
5001 continue;
5002 }
5003
5004 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5005 case 'W':
5006 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5007 get_expression (s);
5008 s = expr_end;
5009 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5010 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5011 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5012 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5013 {
5014 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5015 if (num % 4)
5016 {
5017 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5018 break;
5019 }
5020 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5021 num -= 8;
5022 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5023 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5024 continue;
5025 }
5026 else
5027 {
5028 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5029 the_insn.format = 17;
5030 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5031 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5032 continue;
5033 }
5034
5035 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5036 case 'X':
5037 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5038 get_expression (s);
5039 s = expr_end;
5040 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5041 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5042 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5043 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5044 {
5045 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5046 if (num % 4)
5047 {
5048 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5049 break;
5050 }
5051 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5052 num -= 8;
5053 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5054 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5055 }
5056 else
5057 {
5058 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5059 the_insn.format = 22;
5060 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5061 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5062 continue;
5063 }
5064
5065 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5066 case 'z':
5067 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5068 get_expression (s);
5069 s = expr_end;
5070 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5071 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5072 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5073 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5074 {
5075 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5076 if (num % 4)
5077 {
5078 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5079 break;
5080 }
5081 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5082 num -= 8;
5083 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5084 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5085 continue;
5086 }
5087 else
5088 {
5089 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5090 the_insn.format = 17;
5091 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5092 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5093 continue;
5094 }
5095
5096 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5097 case 'Z':
5098 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5099 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5100 {
5101 s += 4;
5102 continue;
5103 }
5104 else
5105 break;
5106
5107 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5108 case 'Y':
5109 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5110 break;
5111 s += 9;
5112 continue;
5113
5114 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5115 case '@':
5116 if (*s != '0')
5117 break;
5118 s++;
5119 continue;
5120
5121 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5122 case '.':
5123 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5124 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5125 break;
5126 s = expr_end;
5127 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5128 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5129
5130 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5131 case '*':
5132 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5133 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5134 break;
5135 s = expr_end;
5136 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5137 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5138
5139 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5140 case 'p':
5141 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5142 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5143 break;
5144 s = expr_end;
5145 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5146 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5147 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5148
5149 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5150 case '~':
5151 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5152 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5153 break;
5154 s = expr_end;
5155 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5156 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5157 num = 63 - num;
5158 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5159 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5160
5161 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5162 case '%':
5163 flag = 0;
5164 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5165 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5166 break;
5167 s = expr_end;
5168 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5169 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5170 num--;
5171 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5172 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5173 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5174
5175 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5176 case '|':
5177 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5178 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5179 break;
5180 s = expr_end;
5181 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5182 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5183 num--;
5184 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5185 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5186 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5187
5188 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5189 case 'P':
5190 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5191 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5192 break;
5193 s = expr_end;
5194 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5195 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5196 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5197
5198 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5199 case 'q':
5200 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5201 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5202 break;
5203 s = expr_end;
5204 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5205 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5206 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5207 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5208
5209 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5210 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5211 case 'B':
5212 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5213 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5214 break;
5215 s = expr_end;
5216 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5217 if (num & 0x20)
5218 ;
5219 else
5220 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5221 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5222
5223 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5224 case 'Q':
5225 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5226 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5227 break;
5228 s = expr_end;
5229 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5230 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5231
5232 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5233 case '$':
5234 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5235 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5236 break;
5237 s = expr_end;
5238 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5239 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5240
5241 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5242 case 'A':
5243 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5244 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5245 break;
5246 s = expr_end;
5247 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5248 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5249
5250 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5251 case 'D':
5252 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5253 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5254 break;
5255 s = expr_end;
5256 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5257 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5258
5259 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5260 case 'v':
5261 if (*s++ != ',')
5262 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5263 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5264 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5265 break;
5266 s = expr_end;
5267 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5268 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5269
5270 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5271 case 'O':
5272 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5273 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5274 break;
5275 s = expr_end;
5276 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5277 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5278 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5279
5280 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5281 case 'o':
5282 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5283 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5284 break;
5285 s = expr_end;
5286 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5287 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5288
5289 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5290 case '0':
5291 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5292 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5293 break;
5294 s = expr_end;
5295 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5296 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5297 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5298
5299 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5300 case '1':
5301 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5302 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5303 break;
5304 s = expr_end;
5305 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5306 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5307 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5308
5309 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5310 case 'u':
5311 if (*s++ != ',')
5312 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5313 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5314 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5315 break;
5316 s = expr_end;
5317 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5318 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5319
5320 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5321 case '2':
5322 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5323 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5324 break;
5325 s = expr_end;
5326 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5327 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5328 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5329
5330 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5331 case '{':
5332 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5333 {
5334 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5335 s += 2;
5336 }
5337 else
5338 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5339 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5340 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5341 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5342 flag = SGL;
5343 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5344 flag = DBL;
5345 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5346 flag = QUAD;
5347 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5348
5349 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5350 case '_':
5351 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5352 s--;
5353 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5354 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5355 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5356 flag = SGL;
5357 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5358 flag = DBL;
5359 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5360 flag = QUAD;
5361 opcode |= flag << 13;
5362 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5363 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5364 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5365 {
5366 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5367 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5368 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5369 flag = 0;
5370 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5371 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5372 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5373 flag = 2;
5374 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5375 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5376 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5377 flag = 6;
5378 else
5379 abort ();
5380 }
5381 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5382 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5383 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5384 {
5385 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5386 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5387 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5388 flag = 1;
5389 else
5390 abort ();
5391 }
5392 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5393 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5394 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5395 {
5396 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5397 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5398 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5399 flag = 5;
5400 else
5401 abort ();
5402 }
5403 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5404 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5405
5406 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5407 case 'F':
5408 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5409 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5410 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5411
5412 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5413 case 'G':
5414 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5415 s--;
5416 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5417 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5418 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5419
5420 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5421 case 'I':
5422 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5423 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5424 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5425
5426 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5427 Only allows single and double precision. */
5428 case 'H':
5429 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5430 switch (flag)
5431 {
5432 case SGL:
5433 opcode |= 0x20;
5434 case DBL:
5435 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5436 continue;
5437
5438 case QUAD:
5439 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5440 default:
5441 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5442 }
5443 break;
5444
5445 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5446 case 'f':
5447 switch (*++args)
5448 {
5449 /* Float target register. */
5450 case 't':
5451 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5452 break;
5453 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5454 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5455 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5456
5457 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5458 case 'T':
5459 {
5460 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5461 break;
5462 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5463 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5464 opcode |= num;
5465
5466 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5467 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5468 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5469 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5470 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5471 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5472
5473 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5474 continue;
5475 }
5476
5477 /* Float operand 1. */
5478 case 'a':
5479 {
5480 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5481 break;
5482 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5483 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5484 opcode |= num << 21;
5485 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5486 {
5487 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5488 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5489 }
5490 continue;
5491 }
5492
5493 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5494 case 'X':
5495 case 'A':
5496 {
5497 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5498 break;
5499 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5500 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5501 opcode |= num << 21;
5502 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5503 continue;
5504 }
5505
5506 /* Float operand 2. */
5507 case 'b':
5508 {
5509 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5510 break;
5511 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5512 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5513 opcode |= num << 16;
5514 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5515 {
5516 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5517 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5518 }
5519 continue;
5520 }
5521
5522 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5523 case 'B':
5524 {
5525 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5526 break;
5527 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5528 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5529 opcode |= num << 16;
5530 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5531 continue;
5532 }
5533
5534 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5535 case 'C':
5536 {
5537 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5538 break;
5539 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5540 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5541 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5542 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5543 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5544 continue;
5545 }
5546
5547 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5548 case 'i':
5549 {
5550 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5551 break;
5552 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5553 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5554 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5555 {
5556 if (num < 16)
5557 {
5558 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5559 break;
5560 }
5561 num &= 0xF;
5562 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5563 }
5564 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5565 }
5566
5567 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5568 case 'j':
5569 {
5570 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5571 break;
5572 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5573 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5574 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5575 {
5576 if (num < 16)
5577 {
5578 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5579 break;
5580 }
5581 num &= 0xF;
5582 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5583 }
5584 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5585 }
5586
5587 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5588 case 'k':
5589 {
5590 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5591 break;
5592 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5593 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5594 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5595 {
5596 if (num < 16)
5597 {
5598 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5599 break;
5600 }
5601 num &= 0xF;
5602 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5603 }
5604 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5605 }
5606
5607 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5608 case 'l':
5609 {
5610 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5611 break;
5612 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5613 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5614 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5615 {
5616 if (num < 16)
5617 {
5618 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5619 break;
5620 }
5621 num &= 0xF;
5622 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5623 }
5624 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5625 }
5626
5627 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5628 case 'm':
5629 {
5630 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5631 break;
5632 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5633 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5634 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5635 {
5636 if (num < 16)
5637 {
5638 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5639 break;
5640 }
5641 num &= 0xF;
5642 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5643 }
5644 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5645 }
5646
5647 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5648 case 'E':
5649 case 'e':
5650 {
5651 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5652 break;
5653 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5654 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5655 opcode |= num << 16;
5656 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5657 {
5658 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5659 }
5660 continue;
5661 }
5662
5663 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5664 case 'x':
5665 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5666 break;
5667 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5668 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5669 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5670
5671 default:
5672 abort ();
5673 }
5674 break;
5675
5676 default:
5677 abort ();
5678 }
5679 break;
5680 }
5681
5682 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5683 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5684 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5685 if (match == TRUE
5686 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5687 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5688 {
5689 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5690 match = FALSE;
5691 }
5692
5693 failed:
5694 /* Check if the args matched. */
5695 if (!match)
5696 {
5697 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5698 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5699 {
5700 ++insn;
5701 s = argstart;
5702 continue;
5703 }
5704 else
5705 {
5706 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5707 return;
5708 }
5709 }
5710 break;
5711 }
5712
5713 if (immediate_check)
5714 {
5715 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5716 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5717 pos, len);
5718 }
5719
5720 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5721 }
5722
5723 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5724
5725 void
5726 md_assemble (char *str)
5727 {
5728 char *to;
5729
5730 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5731 gas_assert (str);
5732
5733 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5734 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5735 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5736
5737 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5738 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5739 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5740 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5741 {
5742 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5743
5744 if (label_symbol)
5745 {
5746 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5747 {
5748 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5749 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5750 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5751 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5752 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5753 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5754 if (within_entry_exit)
5755 {
5756 char *where;
5757 unsigned int u;
5758
5759 where = frag_more (0);
5760 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5761 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5762 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5763 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5764 }
5765 #endif
5766 }
5767 else
5768 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5769 }
5770 else
5771 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5772 }
5773
5774 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5775 pa_ip (str);
5776
5777 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5778 to = frag_more (4);
5779
5780 /* Output the opcode. */
5781 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5782
5783 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5784 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5785 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5786 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5787 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5788 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5789
5790 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5791 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5792 #endif
5793 }
5794
5795 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5796 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5797 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5798 static void
5799 pa_align (int bytes)
5800 {
5801 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5802 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5803
5804 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5805 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5806
5807 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5808 alignment if necessary. */
5809 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5810 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5811 }
5812 #endif
5813
5814 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5815
5816 static void
5817 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5818 {
5819 unsigned int temp_size;
5820
5821 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5822 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5823 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5824 #endif
5825
5826 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5827
5828 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5829 {
5830 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5831 temp_size = 0;
5832 }
5833 else
5834 {
5835 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5836 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5837 *p = 0;
5838 }
5839
5840 pa_undefine_label ();
5841 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5842 }
5843
5844 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5845
5846 static void
5847 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5848 {
5849
5850 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5851 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5852 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5853 char *where = frag_more (0);
5854
5855 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5856 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5857 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5858 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5859 #endif
5860
5861 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5862 }
5863
5864 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5865
5866 static void
5867 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5868 {
5869 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5870 expressionS exp;
5871 char *where = frag_more (0);
5872
5873 if (! begin)
5874 expression (&exp);
5875
5876 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5877 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5878
5879 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5880 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5881 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5882 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5883 #endif
5884
5885 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5886 }
5887
5888 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5889 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5890
5891 static void
5892 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5893 {
5894 char *name, c, *p;
5895 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5896
5897 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5898 {
5899 name = input_line_pointer;
5900 c = get_symbol_end ();
5901 /* Process a source argument. */
5902 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5903 {
5904 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5905 p = input_line_pointer;
5906 *p = c;
5907 input_line_pointer++;
5908 name = input_line_pointer;
5909 c = get_symbol_end ();
5910 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5911 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5912 }
5913 /* Process a return value. */
5914 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5915 {
5916 p = input_line_pointer;
5917 *p = c;
5918 input_line_pointer++;
5919 name = input_line_pointer;
5920 c = get_symbol_end ();
5921 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5922 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5923 }
5924 else
5925 {
5926 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5927 }
5928 p = input_line_pointer;
5929 *p = c;
5930 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5931 input_line_pointer++;
5932 }
5933 }
5934
5935 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5936 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5937 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5938
5939 static void
5940 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5941 {
5942 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5943 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5944 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5945 #endif
5946
5947 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5948 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5949 }
5950
5951 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5952 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5953 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5954 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5955 of the unwind spaces. */
5956
5957 static void
5958 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5959 {
5960 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5961 subsegT save_subseg;
5962 unsigned int unwind;
5963 int reloc;
5964 char *name, *p;
5965 symbolS *symbolP;
5966
5967 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5968 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5969 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5970 return;
5971
5972 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5973 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5974 multiple definitions, etc. */
5975 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
5976 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
5977 + 1);
5978 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
5979 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
5980
5981 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
5982 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
5983 entry. */
5984 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
5985 if (symbolP)
5986 {
5987 xfree (name);
5988 return;
5989 }
5990 else
5991 {
5992 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
5993 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
5994 gas_assert (symbolP);
5995 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
5996 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
5997 }
5998
5999 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6000 save_seg = now_seg;
6001 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6002 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6003 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6004 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6005 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6006 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6007 {
6008 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6009 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6010 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6011 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6012 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6013 }
6014
6015 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6016
6017 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6018 descriptor. */
6019 p = frag_more (16);
6020
6021 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6022 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6023 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6024 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6025 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6026 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6027
6028 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6029
6030 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6031 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6032 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6033 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6034 finished with its work. */
6035 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6036 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6037 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6038 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6039 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6040
6041 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6042 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6043 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6044
6045 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6046 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6047
6048 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6049 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6050 }
6051 #endif
6052
6053 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6054 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6055 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6056
6057 static void
6058 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6059 {
6060 char *name, c, *p;
6061 int temp;
6062
6063 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6064 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6065 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6066 #endif
6067
6068 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6069 if (!within_procedure)
6070 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6071
6072 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6073 current procedure. */
6074 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6075
6076 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6077 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6078 {
6079 name = input_line_pointer;
6080 c = get_symbol_end ();
6081 /* Frame size specification. */
6082 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6083 {
6084 p = input_line_pointer;
6085 *p = c;
6086 input_line_pointer++;
6087 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6088 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6089 {
6090 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6091 temp = 0;
6092 }
6093
6094 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6095 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6096
6097 }
6098 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6099 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6100 {
6101 p = input_line_pointer;
6102 *p = c;
6103 input_line_pointer++;
6104 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6105 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6106 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6107 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6108 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6109 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6110 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6111 }
6112 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6113 {
6114 p = input_line_pointer;
6115 *p = c;
6116 input_line_pointer++;
6117 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6118 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6119 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6120 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6121 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6122 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6123 }
6124 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6125 {
6126 p = input_line_pointer;
6127 *p = c;
6128 input_line_pointer++;
6129 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6130 if (temp != 3)
6131 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6132 }
6133 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6134 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6135 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6136 {
6137 p = input_line_pointer;
6138 *p = c;
6139 }
6140 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6141 {
6142 p = input_line_pointer;
6143 *p = c;
6144 }
6145 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6146 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6147 {
6148 p = input_line_pointer;
6149 *p = c;
6150 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6151 }
6152 /* Likewise for SP. */
6153 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6154 {
6155 p = input_line_pointer;
6156 *p = c;
6157 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6158 }
6159 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6160 in the unwind descriptor. */
6161 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6162 {
6163 p = input_line_pointer;
6164 *p = c;
6165 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6166 }
6167 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6168 unwind descriptor. */
6169 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6170 {
6171 p = input_line_pointer;
6172 *p = c;
6173 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6174 }
6175 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6176 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6177 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6178 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6179 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6180 {
6181 p = input_line_pointer;
6182 *p = c;
6183 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6184 }
6185 else
6186 {
6187 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6188 *input_line_pointer = c;
6189 }
6190 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6191 input_line_pointer++;
6192 }
6193
6194 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6195 }
6196
6197 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6198 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6199 label when finished. */
6200
6201 static void
6202 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6203 {
6204 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6205 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6206 current_subspace
6207 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6208 #endif
6209
6210 s_text (0);
6211 pa_undefine_label ();
6212 }
6213
6214 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6215
6216 static void
6217 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6218 {
6219 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6220 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6221 current_subspace
6222 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6223 #endif
6224 s_data (0);
6225 pa_undefine_label ();
6226 }
6227
6228 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6229 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6230
6231 <label> .comm <length>
6232
6233 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6234 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6235 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6236 and subspace.
6237
6238 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6239
6240 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6241 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6242 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6243 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6244 a pain.
6245
6246 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6247
6248 static void
6249 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6250 {
6251 unsigned int size;
6252 symbolS *symbol;
6253 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6254
6255 if (label_symbol)
6256 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6257 else
6258 symbol = NULL;
6259
6260 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6261 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6262
6263 if (symbol)
6264 {
6265 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6266 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6267 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6268 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6269
6270 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6271 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6272 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6273 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6274 }
6275 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6276 }
6277 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6278
6279 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6280
6281 static void
6282 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6283 {
6284 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6285 }
6286
6287 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6288
6289 static void
6290 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6291 {
6292 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6293 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6294 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6295 #endif
6296
6297 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6298 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6299 }
6300
6301 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6302 procedure. */
6303
6304 static void
6305 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6306 {
6307 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6308 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6309 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6310 #endif
6311
6312 if (!within_procedure)
6313 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6314 else
6315 {
6316 if (!callinfo_found)
6317 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6318 }
6319 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6320 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6321
6322 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6323 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6324 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6325 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6326 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6327
6328 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6329 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6330 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6331 denote the entry and exit points. */
6332 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6333 {
6334 char *where;
6335 unsigned int u;
6336
6337 where = frag_more (0);
6338 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6339 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6340 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6341 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6342 }
6343 #endif
6344 }
6345
6346 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6347 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6348 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6349 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6350
6351 int
6352 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6353 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6354 expressionS *rightP)
6355 {
6356 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6357 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6358 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6359 {
6360 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6361 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6362 }
6363 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6364 }
6365
6366 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6367
6368 static void
6369 pa_equ (int reg)
6370 {
6371 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6372 symbolS *symbol;
6373
6374 if (label_symbol)
6375 {
6376 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6377 if (reg)
6378 {
6379 strict = 1;
6380 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6381 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6382 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6383 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6384 }
6385 else
6386 {
6387 expressionS exp;
6388 segT seg;
6389
6390 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6391 seg = expression (&exp);
6392 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6393 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6394 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6395 {
6396 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6397 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6398 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6399 seg = absolute_section;
6400 }
6401 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6402 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6403 }
6404 }
6405 else
6406 {
6407 if (reg)
6408 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6409 else
6410 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6411 }
6412
6413 pa_undefine_label ();
6414 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6415 }
6416
6417 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6418 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6419 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6420
6421 static void
6422 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6423 {
6424 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6425 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6426 char *name;
6427
6428 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6429 {
6430 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6431 or other problems. */
6432 return;
6433 }
6434
6435 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6436 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6437 + 1);
6438 if (name)
6439 {
6440 symbolS *symbolP;
6441
6442 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6443 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6444
6445 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6446 symbol will have already been defined. */
6447 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6448 if (symbolP)
6449 {
6450 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6451 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6452
6453 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6454 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6455 xfree (name);
6456 }
6457 else
6458 {
6459 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6460 last instruction of the function */
6461 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6462 frag_now);
6463
6464 gas_assert (symbolP);
6465 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6466 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6467 }
6468
6469 if (symbolP)
6470 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6471 else
6472 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6473
6474 }
6475 else
6476 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6477 }
6478 #endif
6479
6480 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6481 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6482 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6483
6484 static void
6485 process_exit (void)
6486 {
6487 char *where;
6488
6489 where = frag_more (0);
6490
6491 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6492 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6493 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6494 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6495 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6496 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6497 #else
6498 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6499 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6500 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6501 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6502
6503 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6504 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6505 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6506 denote the entry and exit points. */
6507 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6508 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6509 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6510 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6511 #endif
6512 }
6513
6514 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6515
6516 static void
6517 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6518 {
6519 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6520 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6521 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6522 #endif
6523
6524 if (!within_procedure)
6525 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6526 else
6527 {
6528 if (!callinfo_found)
6529 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6530 else
6531 {
6532 if (!within_entry_exit)
6533 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6534 else
6535 {
6536 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6537 process_exit ();
6538 }
6539 }
6540 }
6541 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6542 }
6543
6544 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6545
6546 static void
6547 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6548 {
6549 char *name, c, *p;
6550 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6551 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6552 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6553
6554 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6555 {
6556 input_line_pointer += 8;
6557 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6558 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6559 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6560 }
6561 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6562 {
6563 input_line_pointer += 4;
6564 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6565 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6566
6567 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6568 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6569 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6570 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6571 {
6572 if (is_export)
6573 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6574 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6575
6576 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6577 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6578 }
6579 else
6580 {
6581 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6582 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6583 }
6584 }
6585 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6586 {
6587 input_line_pointer += 4;
6588 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6589 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6590 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6591 }
6592 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6593 {
6594 input_line_pointer += 5;
6595 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6596 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6597 }
6598 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6599 {
6600 input_line_pointer += 9;
6601 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6602 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6603 {
6604 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6605 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6606 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6607 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6608 }
6609 #endif
6610 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6611 }
6612 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6613 {
6614 input_line_pointer += 6;
6615 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6616 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6617 }
6618 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6619 {
6620 input_line_pointer += 8;
6621 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6622 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6623 }
6624 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6625 {
6626 input_line_pointer += 8;
6627 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6628 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6629 }
6630
6631 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6632 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6633 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6634 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6635 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6636 #endif
6637
6638 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6639 handle any argument relocation information. */
6640 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6641 {
6642 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6643 input_line_pointer++;
6644 name = input_line_pointer;
6645 c = get_symbol_end ();
6646 /* Argument sources. */
6647 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6648 {
6649 p = input_line_pointer;
6650 *p = c;
6651 input_line_pointer++;
6652 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6653 name = input_line_pointer;
6654 c = get_symbol_end ();
6655 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6656 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6657 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6658 #endif
6659 *input_line_pointer = c;
6660 }
6661 /* The return value. */
6662 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6663 {
6664 p = input_line_pointer;
6665 *p = c;
6666 input_line_pointer++;
6667 name = input_line_pointer;
6668 c = get_symbol_end ();
6669 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6670 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6671 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6672 #endif
6673 *input_line_pointer = c;
6674 }
6675 /* Privilege level. */
6676 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6677 {
6678 p = input_line_pointer;
6679 *p = c;
6680 input_line_pointer++;
6681 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6682 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6683 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6684 #endif
6685 c = get_symbol_end ();
6686 *input_line_pointer = c;
6687 }
6688 else
6689 {
6690 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6691 p = input_line_pointer;
6692 *p = c;
6693 }
6694 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6695 input_line_pointer++;
6696 }
6697 }
6698
6699 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6700 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6701 to callers. */
6702
6703 static void
6704 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6705 {
6706 char *name, c, *p;
6707 symbolS *symbol;
6708
6709 name = input_line_pointer;
6710 c = get_symbol_end ();
6711 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6712 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6713 {
6714 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6715 p = input_line_pointer;
6716 *p = c;
6717 input_line_pointer++;
6718 }
6719 else
6720 {
6721 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6722 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6723 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6724 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6725 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6726 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6727 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6728 p = input_line_pointer;
6729 *p = c;
6730 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6731 {
6732 input_line_pointer++;
6733 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6734 }
6735 }
6736
6737 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6738 }
6739
6740 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6741 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6742 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6743
6744 static void
6745 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6746 {
6747 char *name, c, *p;
6748 symbolS *symbol;
6749
6750 name = input_line_pointer;
6751 c = get_symbol_end ();
6752
6753 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6754 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6755 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6756 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6757 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6758 {
6759 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6760 p = input_line_pointer;
6761 *p = c;
6762
6763 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6764 {
6765 input_line_pointer++;
6766 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6767 }
6768 else
6769 {
6770 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6771 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6772 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6773 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6774 if (now_seg == text_section)
6775 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6776
6777 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6778 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6779 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6780 }
6781 }
6782 else
6783 {
6784 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6785 the end of the current statement. */
6786 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6787 input_line_pointer++;
6788 }
6789
6790 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6791 }
6792
6793 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6794
6795 static void
6796 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6797 {
6798 char *name, c, *p;
6799
6800 name = input_line_pointer;
6801 c = get_symbol_end ();
6802
6803 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6804 {
6805 colon (name);
6806 p = input_line_pointer;
6807 *p = c;
6808 }
6809 else
6810 {
6811 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6812 }
6813
6814 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6815 {
6816 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6817 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6818 }
6819 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6820 }
6821
6822 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6823
6824 static void
6825 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6826 {
6827 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6828 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6829 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6830 #endif
6831
6832 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6833 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6834 }
6835
6836 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6837
6838 static void
6839 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6840 {
6841 char *level;
6842
6843 level = input_line_pointer;
6844 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6845 {
6846 input_line_pointer += 3;
6847 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6848 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6849 }
6850 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6851 {
6852 input_line_pointer += 3;
6853 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6854 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6855 }
6856 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6857 {
6858 input_line_pointer += 4;
6859 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6860 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6861 }
6862 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6863 {
6864 input_line_pointer += 3;
6865 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6866 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6867 }
6868 else
6869 {
6870 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6871 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6872 }
6873 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6874 }
6875
6876 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6877
6878 static void
6879 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6880 {
6881 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6882 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6883 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6884 #endif
6885
6886 s_org (0);
6887 pa_undefine_label ();
6888 }
6889
6890 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6891 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6892
6893 static void
6894 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6895 {
6896 char *name, c, *p;
6897 symbolS *symbol;
6898
6899 name = input_line_pointer;
6900 c = get_symbol_end ();
6901
6902 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6903 {
6904 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6905 p = input_line_pointer;
6906 *p = c;
6907 input_line_pointer++;
6908 }
6909 else
6910 {
6911 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6912 p = input_line_pointer;
6913 *p = c;
6914 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6915 {
6916 input_line_pointer++;
6917 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6918 }
6919 }
6920
6921 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6922 }
6923
6924 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6925 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6926
6927 static void
6928 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6929 {
6930 struct call_info *call_info;
6931
6932 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6933 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6934 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6935 #endif
6936
6937 if (within_procedure)
6938 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6939
6940 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6941 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6942 within_procedure = TRUE;
6943
6944 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6945 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6946
6947 if (!call_info)
6948 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6949
6950 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6951
6952 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6953
6954 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6955 {
6956 call_info_root = call_info;
6957 last_call_info = call_info;
6958 }
6959 else
6960 {
6961 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6962 last_call_info = call_info;
6963 }
6964
6965 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6966
6967 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6968 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6969 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6970
6971 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6972 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
6973 {
6974 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6975
6976 if (label_symbol)
6977 {
6978 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6979 {
6980 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6981 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6982 }
6983 else
6984 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6985 }
6986 else
6987 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6988 }
6989
6990 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6991 }
6992
6993 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
6994 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
6995
6996 static void
6997 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6998 {
6999 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7000 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7001 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7002 #endif
7003
7004 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7005 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7006 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7007
7008 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7009 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7010 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7011 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7012 {
7013 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7014
7015 if (label_symbol)
7016 {
7017 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7018 {
7019 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7020 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7021 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7022 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7023 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7024 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7025 if (within_entry_exit)
7026 {
7027 char *where;
7028 unsigned int u;
7029
7030 where = frag_more (0);
7031 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7032 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7033 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7034 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7035 }
7036 #endif
7037 }
7038 else
7039 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7040 }
7041 else
7042 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7043 }
7044
7045 if (!within_procedure)
7046 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7047
7048 if (!callinfo_found)
7049 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7050
7051 if (within_entry_exit)
7052 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7053
7054 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7055 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7056 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7057 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7058 #endif
7059
7060 within_procedure = FALSE;
7061 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7062 pa_undefine_label ();
7063 }
7064
7065 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7066 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7067 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7068
7069 static int
7070 exact_log2 (int value)
7071 {
7072 int shift = 0;
7073
7074 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7075 shift++;
7076
7077 if (shift >= 32)
7078 return -1;
7079 else
7080 return shift;
7081 }
7082
7083 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7084
7085 static void
7086 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7087 {
7088 if (current_space == NULL)
7089 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7090
7091 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7092 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7093 }
7094
7095 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7096 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7097 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7098
7099 static sd_chain_struct *
7100 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7101 {
7102 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7103 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7104 int spnum;
7105 asection *seg = NULL;
7106 sd_chain_struct *space;
7107
7108 /* Load default values. */
7109 spnum = 0;
7110 sort = 0;
7111 loadable = TRUE;
7112 defined = TRUE;
7113 private = FALSE;
7114 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7115 {
7116 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7117 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7118 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7119 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7120 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7121 }
7122 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7123 {
7124 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7125 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7126 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7127 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7128 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7129 }
7130
7131 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7132 {
7133 print_errors = FALSE;
7134 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7135 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7136 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7137 the line should be ignored. */
7138 strict = 0;
7139 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7140 if (pa_number >= 0)
7141 {
7142 spnum = pa_number;
7143 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7144 }
7145 else
7146 {
7147 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7148 {
7149 input_line_pointer++;
7150 name = input_line_pointer;
7151 c = get_symbol_end ();
7152 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7153 {
7154 *input_line_pointer = c;
7155 input_line_pointer++;
7156 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7157 }
7158 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7159 {
7160 *input_line_pointer = c;
7161 input_line_pointer++;
7162 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7163 }
7164 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7165 {
7166 *input_line_pointer = c;
7167 loadable = FALSE;
7168 }
7169 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7170 {
7171 *input_line_pointer = c;
7172 defined = FALSE;
7173 }
7174 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7175 {
7176 *input_line_pointer = c;
7177 private = TRUE;
7178 }
7179 else
7180 {
7181 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7182 *input_line_pointer = c;
7183 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7184 input_line_pointer++;
7185 }
7186 }
7187 }
7188 print_errors = TRUE;
7189 }
7190
7191 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7192 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7193
7194 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7195 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7196 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7197 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7198 if (create_flag)
7199 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7200 private, sort, seg, 1);
7201 else
7202 {
7203 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7204 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7205 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7206 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7207 }
7208
7209 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7210 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7211 #endif
7212
7213 return space;
7214 }
7215
7216 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7217 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7218
7219 static void
7220 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7221 {
7222 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7223 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7224
7225 if (within_procedure)
7226 {
7227 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7228 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7229 }
7230 else
7231 {
7232 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7233 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7234 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7235 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7236 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7237 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7238 {
7239 input_line_pointer += 6;
7240 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7241 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7242 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7243 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7244 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7245
7246 current_space = sd_chain;
7247 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7248 current_subspace
7249 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7250 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7251 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7252 return;
7253 }
7254 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7255 {
7256 input_line_pointer += 9;
7257 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7258 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7259 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7260 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7261 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7262
7263 current_space = sd_chain;
7264 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7265 current_subspace
7266 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7267 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7268 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7269 return;
7270 }
7271 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7272 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7273 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7274 {
7275 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7276 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7277 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7278 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7279 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7280 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7281
7282 current_space = sd_chain;
7283
7284 {
7285 asection *gdb_section
7286 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7287
7288 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7289 current_subspace
7290 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7291 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7292 }
7293 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7294 return;
7295 }
7296
7297 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7298 print_errors = 0;
7299 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7300 strict = 0;
7301 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7302 if (pa_number >= 0)
7303 {
7304 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7305 {
7306 current_space = sd_chain;
7307
7308 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7309 current_subspace
7310 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7311 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7312 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7313 return;
7314 }
7315 }
7316
7317 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7318 print_errors = 1;
7319 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7320 name = input_line_pointer;
7321 c = get_symbol_end ();
7322 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7323 strcpy (space_name, name);
7324 *input_line_pointer = c;
7325
7326 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7327 current_space = sd_chain;
7328
7329 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7330 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7331 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7332 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7333 }
7334 }
7335
7336 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7337
7338 static void
7339 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7340 {
7341 char *name;
7342 char c;
7343 char *p;
7344 sd_chain_struct *space;
7345
7346 name = input_line_pointer;
7347 c = get_symbol_end ();
7348 space = is_defined_space (name);
7349 if (space)
7350 {
7351 p = frag_more (4);
7352 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7353 }
7354 else
7355 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7356
7357 *input_line_pointer = c;
7358 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7359 }
7360
7361 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7362 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7363
7364 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7365 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7366
7367 static void
7368 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7369 {
7370 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7371 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7372 int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7373 sd_chain_struct *space;
7374 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7375 asection *section;
7376
7377 if (current_space == NULL)
7378 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7379
7380 if (within_procedure)
7381 {
7382 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7383 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7384 }
7385 else
7386 {
7387 name = input_line_pointer;
7388 c = get_symbol_end ();
7389 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7390 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7391 *input_line_pointer = c;
7392
7393 /* Load default values. */
7394 sort = 0;
7395 access = 0x7f;
7396 loadable = 1;
7397 comdat = 0;
7398 common = 0;
7399 dup_common = 0;
7400 code_only = 0;
7401 zero = 0;
7402 space_index = ~0;
7403 alignment = 1;
7404 quadrant = 0;
7405
7406 space = current_space;
7407 if (create_new)
7408 ssd = NULL;
7409 else
7410 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7411 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7412 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7413 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7414 {
7415 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7416 current_subspace = ssd;
7417 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7418 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7419 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7420 return;
7421 }
7422 else
7423 {
7424 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7425 the builtin subspaces. */
7426 i = 0;
7427 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7428 {
7429 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7430 {
7431 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7432 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7433 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7434 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7435 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7436 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7437 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7438 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7439 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7440 access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7441 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7442 break;
7443 }
7444 i++;
7445 }
7446 }
7447
7448 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7449 any information as specified by the user. */
7450 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7451 {
7452 input_line_pointer++;
7453 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7454 {
7455 name = input_line_pointer;
7456 c = get_symbol_end ();
7457 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7458 {
7459 *input_line_pointer = c;
7460 input_line_pointer++;
7461 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7462 }
7463 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7464 {
7465 *input_line_pointer = c;
7466 input_line_pointer++;
7467 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7468 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7469 {
7470 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7471 alignment = 1;
7472 }
7473 }
7474 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7475 {
7476 *input_line_pointer = c;
7477 input_line_pointer++;
7478 access = get_absolute_expression ();
7479 }
7480 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7481 {
7482 *input_line_pointer = c;
7483 input_line_pointer++;
7484 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7485 }
7486 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7487 {
7488 *input_line_pointer = c;
7489 code_only = 1;
7490 }
7491 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7492 {
7493 *input_line_pointer = c;
7494 loadable = 0;
7495 }
7496 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7497 {
7498 *input_line_pointer = c;
7499 comdat = 1;
7500 }
7501 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7502 {
7503 *input_line_pointer = c;
7504 common = 1;
7505 }
7506 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7507 {
7508 *input_line_pointer = c;
7509 dup_common = 1;
7510 }
7511 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7512 {
7513 *input_line_pointer = c;
7514 zero = 1;
7515 }
7516 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7517 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7518 else
7519 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7520 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7521 input_line_pointer++;
7522 }
7523 }
7524
7525 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7526 in the .subspace directive. */
7527 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7528 flags = 0;
7529 if (loadable)
7530 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7531 if (code_only)
7532 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7533
7534 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7535 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7536 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7537 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7538 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7539 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7540 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7541 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7542 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7543 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7544
7545 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7546
7547 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7548 if (zero)
7549 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7550
7551 applicable &= flags;
7552
7553 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7554 segment already associated with the subspace.
7555
7556 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7557 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7558 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7559 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7560 if (create_new)
7561 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7562 else if (ssd)
7563 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7564 else
7565 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7566
7567 if (zero)
7568 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7569
7570 /* Now set the flags. */
7571 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7572
7573 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7574 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7575
7576 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7577 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7578 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7579
7580 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7581 or create a new one. */
7582 if (ssd)
7583
7584 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7585 code_only, comdat, common,
7586 dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7587 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7588 section);
7589 else
7590 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7591 code_only, comdat, common,
7592 dup_common, zero, sort,
7593 access, space_index,
7594 alignment, quadrant, section);
7595
7596 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7597 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7598 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7599 }
7600 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7601 }
7602
7603 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7604
7605 static void
7606 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7607 {
7608 int i;
7609
7610 space_dict_root = NULL;
7611 space_dict_last = NULL;
7612
7613 i = 0;
7614 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7615 {
7616 char *name;
7617
7618 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7619 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7620
7621 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7622 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7623 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7624 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7625 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7626 i++;
7627 }
7628
7629 i = 0;
7630 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7631 {
7632 char *name;
7633 int applicable, subsegment;
7634 asection *segment = NULL;
7635 sd_chain_struct *space;
7636
7637 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7638 subsegment number. */
7639 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7640 subsegment = 0;
7641
7642 /* Create the new section. */
7643 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7644
7645 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7646 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7647 all the built-in subspaces. */
7648 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7649 {
7650 text_section = segment;
7651 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7652 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7653 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7654 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7655 | SEC_READONLY
7656 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7657 }
7658 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7659 {
7660 data_section = segment;
7661 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7662 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7663 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7664 | SEC_RELOC
7665 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7666
7667 }
7668 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7669 {
7670 bss_section = segment;
7671 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7672 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7673 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7674 }
7675 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7676 {
7677 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7678 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7679 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7680 | SEC_RELOC
7681 | SEC_READONLY
7682 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7683 }
7684 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7685 {
7686 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7687 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7688 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7689 | SEC_RELOC
7690 | SEC_READONLY
7691 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7692 }
7693 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7694 {
7695 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7696 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7697 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7698 | SEC_RELOC
7699 | SEC_READONLY
7700 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7701 }
7702
7703 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7704 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7705 def_space_index].segment);
7706 if (space == NULL)
7707 {
7708 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7709 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7710 }
7711
7712 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7713 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7714 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7715 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7716 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7717 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7718 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7719 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7720 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7721 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7722 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7723 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7724 segment);
7725 i++;
7726 }
7727 }
7728
7729 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7730 by the given parameters. */
7731
7732 static sd_chain_struct *
7733 create_new_space (char *name,
7734 int spnum,
7735 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7736 int defined,
7737 int private,
7738 int sort,
7739 asection *seg,
7740 int user_defined)
7741 {
7742 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7743
7744 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7745 if (!chain_entry)
7746 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7747 name);
7748
7749 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7750 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7751 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7752 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7753 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7754
7755 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7756 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7757 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7758 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7759
7760 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7761 if (!space_dict_last)
7762 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7763
7764 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7765 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7766 else
7767 {
7768 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7769 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7770
7771 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7772 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7773
7774 while (chain_pointer)
7775 {
7776 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7777 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7778 }
7779
7780 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7781 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7782 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7783 {
7784 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7785 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7786 }
7787 else
7788 {
7789 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7790 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7791 }
7792
7793 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7794 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7795 }
7796
7797 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7798 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7799 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7800 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7801 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7802 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7803 #endif
7804
7805 return chain_entry;
7806 }
7807
7808 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7809 by the given parameters.
7810
7811 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7812 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7813
7814 static ssd_chain_struct *
7815 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7816 char *name,
7817 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7818 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7819 int comdat,
7820 int common,
7821 int dup_common,
7822 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7823 int sort,
7824 int access,
7825 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7826 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7827 int quadrant,
7828 asection *seg)
7829 {
7830 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7831
7832 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7833 if (!chain_entry)
7834 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7835
7836 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7837 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7838
7839 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7840 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7841 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7842
7843 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7844 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7845 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7846
7847 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7848 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7849 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7850 else
7851 {
7852 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7853 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7854
7855 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7856 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7857
7858 while (chain_pointer)
7859 {
7860 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7861 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7862 }
7863
7864 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7865 the links. */
7866 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7867 {
7868 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7869 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7870 }
7871 else
7872 {
7873 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7874 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7875 }
7876 }
7877
7878 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7879 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7880 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7881 #endif
7882
7883 return chain_entry;
7884 }
7885
7886 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7887 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7888
7889 static ssd_chain_struct *
7890 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7891 char *name,
7892 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7893 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7894 int comdat,
7895 int common,
7896 int dup_common,
7897 int sort,
7898 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7899 int access,
7900 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7901 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7902 int quadrant,
7903 asection *section)
7904 {
7905 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7906
7907 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7908
7909 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7910 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7911 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7912 #endif
7913
7914 return chain_entry;
7915 }
7916
7917 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7918 NULL if no such space exists. */
7919
7920 static sd_chain_struct *
7921 is_defined_space (char *name)
7922 {
7923 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7924
7925 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7926 chain_pointer;
7927 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7928 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7929 return chain_pointer;
7930
7931 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7932 return NULL;
7933 }
7934
7935 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7936 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7937
7938 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7939 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7940
7941 static sd_chain_struct *
7942 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7943 {
7944 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7945
7946 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7947 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7948 space_chain;
7949 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7950 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7951 return space_chain;
7952
7953 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7954 return NULL;
7955 }
7956
7957 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7958 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7959
7960 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7961 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7962 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7963 COMDAT data.
7964
7965 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7966 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7967 own subspace. */
7968
7969 static ssd_chain_struct *
7970 is_defined_subspace (char *name)
7971 {
7972 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7973 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7974
7975 /* Walk through each space. */
7976 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7977 space_chain;
7978 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7979 {
7980 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
7981 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7982 subspace_chain;
7983 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7984 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7985 return subspace_chain;
7986 }
7987
7988 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
7989 return NULL;
7990 }
7991
7992 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
7993 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7994
7995 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7996 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7997 to become more efficient. */
7998
7999 static ssd_chain_struct *
8000 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
8001 {
8002 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8003 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8004
8005 /* Walk through each space. */
8006 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8007 space_chain;
8008 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8009 {
8010 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8011 {
8012 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8013 the correct mapping. */
8014 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8015 subspace_chain;
8016 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8017 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8018 return subspace_chain;
8019 }
8020 }
8021
8022 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8023 return NULL;
8024 }
8025
8026 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8027
8028 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8029 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8030
8031 static sd_chain_struct *
8032 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8033 {
8034 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8035
8036 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8037 space_chain;
8038 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8039 {
8040 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8041 return space_chain;
8042 }
8043
8044 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8045 return NULL;
8046 }
8047
8048 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8049 address is unknown then return zero. */
8050
8051 static unsigned int
8052 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8053 {
8054 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8055 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8056 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8057 return 0x40000000;
8058 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8059 return 0x40000000;
8060 else
8061 return 0;
8062 return 0;
8063 }
8064 #endif
8065
8066 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8067 a string. */
8068
8069 static unsigned int
8070 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8071 {
8072 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8073
8074 switch (c)
8075 {
8076 case '\"':
8077 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8078 break;
8079 default:
8080 break;
8081 }
8082 return c;
8083 }
8084
8085 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8086
8087 static void
8088 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8089 {
8090 char *s, num_buf[4];
8091 unsigned int c;
8092 int i;
8093
8094 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8095 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8096 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8097
8098 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8099 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8100 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8101 #endif
8102
8103 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8104 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8105
8106 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8107 {
8108 if (c == '\\')
8109 {
8110 c = *s;
8111 switch (c)
8112 {
8113 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8114 case 'x':
8115 {
8116 unsigned int number;
8117 int num_digit;
8118 char dg;
8119 char *s_start = s;
8120
8121 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8122 s++;
8123 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8124 num_digit < 2
8125 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8126 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8127 num_digit++)
8128 {
8129 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8130 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8131 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8132 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8133 else
8134 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8135
8136 s++;
8137 dg = *s;
8138 }
8139 if (num_digit > 0)
8140 {
8141 switch (num_digit)
8142 {
8143 case 1:
8144 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8145 break;
8146 case 2:
8147 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8148 break;
8149 }
8150 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8151 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8152 }
8153 break;
8154 }
8155 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8156 default:
8157 s++;
8158 break;
8159 }
8160 }
8161 }
8162 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8163 pa_undefine_label ();
8164 }
8165
8166 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8167
8168 static void
8169 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8170 {
8171 obj_version (0);
8172 pa_undefine_label ();
8173 }
8174
8175 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8176
8177 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8178
8179 static void
8180 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8181 {
8182 obj_som_compiler (0);
8183 pa_undefine_label ();
8184 }
8185
8186 #endif
8187
8188 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8189
8190 static void
8191 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8192 {
8193 obj_copyright (0);
8194 pa_undefine_label ();
8195 }
8196
8197 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8198 the latest space label. */
8199
8200 static void
8201 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8202 {
8203 cons (nbytes);
8204 pa_undefine_label ();
8205 }
8206
8207 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8208
8209 static void
8210 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8211 {
8212 float_cons (float_type);
8213 pa_undefine_label ();
8214 }
8215
8216 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8217
8218 static void
8219 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8220 {
8221 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8222 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8223 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8224 #endif
8225
8226 s_fill (0);
8227 pa_undefine_label ();
8228 }
8229
8230 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8231
8232 static void
8233 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8234 {
8235 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8236 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8237 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8238 #endif
8239
8240 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8241 pa_undefine_label ();
8242 }
8243
8244 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8245
8246 static void
8247 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8248 {
8249 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8250 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8251 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8252 #endif
8253
8254 s_lsym (0);
8255 pa_undefine_label ();
8256 }
8257
8258 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8259 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8260
8261 void
8262 md_begin (void)
8263 {
8264 const char *retval = NULL;
8265 int lose = 0;
8266 unsigned int i = 0;
8267
8268 last_call_info = NULL;
8269 call_info_root = NULL;
8270
8271 /* Set the default machine type. */
8272 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8273 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8274
8275 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8276 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8277 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8278 {
8279 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8280 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8281 }
8282
8283 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8284 pa_spaces_begin ();
8285 #endif
8286
8287 op_hash = hash_new ();
8288
8289 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8290 {
8291 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8292
8293 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8294 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8295 {
8296 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8297 lose = 1;
8298 }
8299
8300 do
8301 {
8302 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8303 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8304 {
8305 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8306 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8307 lose = 1;
8308 }
8309 ++i;
8310 }
8311 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8312 }
8313
8314 if (lose)
8315 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8316
8317 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8318 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8319 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8320 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8321 #endif
8322
8323 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8324 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8325 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8326 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8327 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8328 #endif
8329 }
8330
8331 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8332 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8333 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8334
8335 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8336 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8337 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8338 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8339 with the address of "foo").
8340
8341 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8342 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8343 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8344
8345 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8346 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8347 selectors).
8348
8349 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8350 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8351
8352 int
8353 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8354 {
8355 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8356 reloc_type code;
8357 #endif
8358 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8359
8360 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8361
8362 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8363 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8364 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8365 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8366 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8367 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8368 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8369
8370 switch (code)
8371 {
8372 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8373 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8374 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8375 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8376 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8377
8378 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8379 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8380 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8381 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8382 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8383 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8384 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8385 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8386 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8387 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8388 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8389 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8390 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8391 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8392
8393 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8394 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8395 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8396 return 0;
8397 default:
8398 break;
8399 }
8400 #endif
8401
8402 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8403 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8404
8405 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8406 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8407 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8408 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8409 && fixp->fx_subsy
8410 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8411 return 0;
8412
8413 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8414
8415 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8416 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8417 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8418 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8419 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8420 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8421 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8422 sum to the right value.
8423
8424 eg. Suppose we have
8425 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8426 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8427 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8428
8429 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8430 reducing to the section symbol we get
8431 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8432 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8433 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8434 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8435 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8436
8437 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8438 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8439 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8440 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8441 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8442
8443 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8444 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8445 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8446 return 0;
8447
8448 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8449 relocations with plabels. */
8450 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8451 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8452 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8453 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8454 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8455 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8456 return 0;
8457
8458 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8459 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8460 return 0;
8461
8462 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8463 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8464 return 0;
8465
8466 return 1;
8467 }
8468
8469 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8470 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8471 within GAS. */
8472
8473 int
8474 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8475 {
8476 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8477
8478 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8479 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8480 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8481 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8482 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8483 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8484 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8485 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8486 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8487 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8488 return 1;
8489 #endif
8490 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8491 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8492 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8493 return 1;
8494 #endif
8495
8496 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8497
8498 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8499 linking works. */
8500 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8501 return 1;
8502
8503 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8504 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8505 call stub. */
8506 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8507 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8508 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8509 return 1;
8510
8511 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8512 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8513 {
8514 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8515 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8516
8517 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8518
8519 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8520 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8521 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8522 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8523 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8524 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8525 #endif
8526
8527 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8528 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8529 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8530 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8531 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8532 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8533 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8534 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8535 )
8536 return 1;
8537 }
8538
8539 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8540 return 1;
8541
8542 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8543 return 0;
8544 }
8545
8546 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8547 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8548 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8549 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8550 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8551 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8552
8553 void
8554 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8555 {
8556 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8557
8558 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8559 call_info_pointer;
8560 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8561 {
8562 elf_symbol_type *esym
8563 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8564 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8565 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8566 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8567 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8568 }
8569 }
8570
8571 static void
8572 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8573 {
8574 struct fix *new_fix;
8575
8576 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8577
8578 if (new_fix)
8579 {
8580 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8581
8582 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8583 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8584 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8585 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8586 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8587 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8588 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8589 }
8590 }
8591
8592 static void
8593 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8594 {
8595 struct fix *new_fix;
8596
8597 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8598
8599 if (new_fix)
8600 {
8601 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8602
8603 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8604 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8605 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8606 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8607 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8608 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8609 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8610 }
8611 }
8612 #endif
8613
8614 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8615 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8616 dependent tables? */
8617 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8618 {
8619 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8620 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8621 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8622 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8623 #endif
8624 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8625 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8626 #endif
8627 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8628 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8629 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8630 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8631 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8632 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8633 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8634 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8635 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8636 #else
8637 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8638 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8639 #endif
8640 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8641 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8642 #endif
8643 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8644 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8645 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8646 #endif
8647 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8648 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8649 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8650 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8651 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8652 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8653 #endif
8654 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8655 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8656 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8657 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8658 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8659 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8660 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8661 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8662 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8663 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8664 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8665 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8666 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8667 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8668 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8669 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8670 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8671 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8672 #endif
8673 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8674 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8675 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8676 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8677 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8678 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8679 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8680 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8681 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8682 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8683 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8684 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8685 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8686 #endif
8687 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8688 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8689 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8690 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8691 #endif
8692 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8693 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8694 #endif
8695 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8696 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8697 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8698 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8699 #endif
8700 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8701 {NULL, 0, 0}
8702 };
8703
8704 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8705 void
8706 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8707 {
8708 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8709 }
8710
8711 int
8712 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8713 {
8714 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8715 unsigned int i;
8716 const char *p;
8717 char *q;
8718 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8719 {
8720 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8721 };
8722
8723 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8724 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8725 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8726
8727 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8728 {
8729 p = regname + 1;
8730 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8731 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8732 return -1;
8733 }
8734 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8735 {
8736 p = regname + 2;
8737 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8738 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8739 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8740 return -1;
8741 regnum += 32 - 4;
8742 #else
8743 if (p == q
8744 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8745 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8746 return -1;
8747 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8748 if (*q == 'R')
8749 regnum++;
8750 #endif
8751 }
8752 return regnum;
8753 }
8754 #endif